Most Gracious Sovereign We, Your Majesty's most dutiful and loyal subjects, the Commons of the United Kingdom in Parliament assembled, towards raising the necessary supplies to defray Your Majesty's public expenses, and making an addition to the public revenue, have freely and voluntarily resolved to give and to grant unto Your Majesty the several duties hereinafter mentioned; and do therefore most humbly beseech Your Majesty that it may be enacted, and be it enacted by the Queen's most Excellent Majesty, by and with the advice and consent of the Lords Spiritual and Temporal, and Commons, in this present Parliament assembled, and by the authority of the same, as follows:—
Most Gracious Sovereign
Charges, rates, allowances, etc
Income tax
Income tax is charged for the tax year 2009-10.
For that tax year—
the basic rate is 20%, and
the higher rate is 40%.
For the tax year 2009-10 the amount specified in section 10(5) of ITA 2007 (basic rate limit) is replaced with “£37,400”.
Accordingly, section 21 of that Act (indexation of limits), so far as relating to the basic rate limit, does not apply for that tax year.
For the tax year 2009-10 the amount specified in—(personal allowance for those aged under 65) is replaced with “£6,475”.
section 35 of ITA 2007, ...
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accordingly—(indexation) do not apply for the tax year 2009-10.
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
In section 35 of ITA 2007 (personal allowances for those aged under 65), the existing provision becomes subsection (1) of that section; and after that subsection insert—
In sections 36(2)(b) and 37(2)(b) of ITA 2007 (limit on reduction of personal allowances for those aged 65 to 74 or 75 and over), for “the amount of a personal allowance under section 35” substitute “ the amount of any allowance to which the individual would be entitled under section 35 if under the age of 65 throughout the tax year ”.
In section 57(1)(a) and (3)(a) of ITA 2007 (indexation of allowances), for “35” substitute “ 35(1) ”.
The amendments made by subsections (1) and (2) have effect for the tax year 2010-11 and subsequent tax years.
The amendment made by subsection (3) has effect for finding allowances for the tax year 2011-12 and subsequent tax years.
Schedule 1 contains provision abolishing personal reliefs for non-residents.
Section 6 of ITA 2007 (rates of income tax) is amended as follows.
In subsection (1), omit the “and” at the end of paragraph (b) and insert at the end
In subsection (3)(b), for “and dividend upper rate” substitute “ , dividend upper rate and dividend additional rate ”.
In section 9 (trust rate and dividend trust rate)—
in subsection (1), for “40%” substitute “ 50% ”, and
in subsection (2), for “32.5%” substitute “ 42.5% ”.
Schedule 2 contains provision supplementing this section (including provision about rates under Part 4 of FA 2004).
The amendments made by this section have effect for the tax year 2010-11 and subsequent tax years.
Corporation tax
Corporation tax is charged for the financial year 2010.
For that year the rate of corporation tax is—
28% on profits of companies other than ring fence profits, and
30% on ring fence profits of companies.
In subsection (2) “ring fence profits” has the meaning given by section 276 of CTA 2010.
For the financial year 2009 the small companies' rate is—
21% on profits of companies other than ring fence profits, and
19% on ring fence profits of companies.
For the financial year 2009 the fraction mentioned in section 13(2) of ICTA is—
7/400ths in relation to profits of companies other than ring fence profits (“the standard fraction”), and
11/400ths in relation to ring fence profits of companies (“the ring fence fraction”).
See section 7(3) of FA 2008 for provision applying section 3(3) to (7) of FA 2007 in relation to profits for an accounting period any part of which falls in the financial year 2009.
In this section “ring fence profits” has the meaning given by section 276 of CTA 2010.
Value added tax
The Value Added Tax (Change of Rate) Order 2008 (S.I. 2008/3020) (reducing standard rate of value added tax to 15 per cent) is to cease to be in force on 1 January 2010 (rather than ceasing to be in force on 1 December 2009 in accordance with section 2(2) of VATA 1994).
Schedule 3 contains—
provision for a supplementary charge to value added tax on supplies spanning the date of the VAT change (see Parts 1 to 5), and
minor amendments of provisions about orders changing the standard rate of value added tax (see Part 6).
Stamp duty land tax
Part 4 of FA 2003 (stamp duty land tax) has effect in relation to transactions with an effective date on or after 22 April 2009 but before 1 January 2010 as if—
in section 55(2) (amount of tax chargeable: general), in Table A (bands and percentages for residential property), for “£125,000” (in both places) there were substituted “ £175,000 ”, and
in paragraph 2(3) of Schedule 5 (amount of tax chargeable: rent), in Table A (bands and percentages for residential property), for “£125,000” (in both places) there were substituted “ £175,000 ”.
The following are revoked—
the Stamp Duty Land Tax (Variation of Part 4 of the Finance Act 2003) Regulations 2008 (S.I. 2008/2338), and
the Stamp Duty Land Tax (Exemption of Certain Acquisitions of Residential Property) Regulations 2008 (S.I. 2008/2339).
The revocations made by subsection (2) have effect in relation to transactions with an effective date on or after 22 April 2009.
Alcohol and tobacco duties
ALDA 1979 is amended as follows.
In section 5 (rate of duty on spirits), for “£21.35” substitute “ £22.64 ”.
In section 36(1AA)(a) (standard rate of duty on beer), for “£14.96” substitute “ £16.47 ”.
In section 62(1A) (rates of duty on cider)—
in paragraph (a) (rate of duty per hectolitre in the case of sparkling cider of a strength exceeding 5.5 per cent), for “£188.10” substitute “ £207.20 ”,
in paragraph (b) (rate of duty per hectolitre in the case of cider of a strength exceeding 7.5 per cent which is not sparkling cider), for “£43.37” substitute “ £47.77 ”, and
in paragraph (c) (rate of duty per hectolitre in any other case), for “£28.90” substitute “ £31.83 ”.
For the table in Schedule 1 substitute—
The following are revoked—
the Alcoholic Liquor Duties (Surcharges) and Tobacco Products Duty Order 2008 (S.I. 2008/3026), so far as relating to excise duty on alcoholic liquors, and
the Alcoholic Liquor (Surcharge on Spirits Duty) Order 2008 (S.I. 2008/3062).
The amendments made by this section are treated as having come into force on 23 April 2009.
For the table in Schedule 1 to TPDA 1979 substitute—
The Alcoholic Liquor Duties (Surcharges) and Tobacco Products Duty Order 2008 (S.I. 2008/3026), so far as relating to excise duty on tobacco products, is revoked.
The amendments made by this section are treated as having come into force at 6 pm on 22 April 2009.
Vehicle excise duty
Schedule 1 to VERA 1994 (annual rates of duty) is amended as follows.
In paragraph 1 (general)—
in sub-paragraph (2) (vehicle not covered elsewhere in Schedule otherwise than with engine cylinder capacity not exceeding 1,549cc), for “£185” substitute “ £190 ”, and
in sub-paragraph (2A) (vehicle not covered elsewhere in Schedule with engine cylinder capacity not exceeding 1,549cc), for “£120” substitute “ £125 ”.
In paragraph 1B (graduated rates for light passenger vehicles), for the table substitute—
In paragraph 1J (light goods vehicles)—
in sub-paragraph (a) (vehicle which is not lower-emission van), for “£180” substitute “ £185 ”, and
in sub-paragraph (b) (lower-emission van), for “£120” substitute “ £125 ”.
The amendments made by this section have effect in relation to licences taken out on or after 1 May 2009.
Schedule 1 to VERA 1994 (annual rates of duty) is amended as follows.
In paragraph 1(2) (vehicle not covered elsewhere in Schedule otherwise than with engine cylinder capacity not exceeding 1,549cc), for “£190” substitute “ £205 ”.
Paragraph 1B (graduated rates for light passenger vehicles) is amended as follows.
For “table” substitute “ tables ”.
Omit the “and” at the end of paragraph (a).
Insert at the end of paragraph (b)
For the table substitute—
In paragraph 1J(a) (light goods vehicle which is not lower-emission van), for “£185” substitute “ £200 ”.
Schedule 4 contains further provision about rates of vehicle excise duty etc.
The amendments made by this section have effect in relation to licences taken out on or after 1 April 2010.
Fuel duties
HODA 1979 is amended as follows.
In section 6(1A) (main rates)—
in paragraph (a) (unleaded petrol), for “£0.5235” substitute “ £0.5419 ”,
in paragraph (aa) (aviation gasoline), for “£0.3103” substitute “ £0.3334 ”,
in paragraph (b) (light oil other than unleaded petrol or aviation gasoline), for “£0.6207” substitute “ £0.6391 ”, and
in paragraph (c) (heavy oil), for “£0.5235” substitute “ £0.5419 ”.
In section 6AA(3) (rate of duty on biodiesel), for “£0.3235” substitute “ £0.3419 ”.
In section 6AD(3) (rate of duty on bioethanol), for “£0.3235” substitute “ £0.3419 ”.
In section 8(3) (road fuel gas)—
in paragraph (a) (natural road fuel gas), for “£0.1660” substitute “ £0.1926 ”, and
in paragraph (b) (other road fuel gas), for “£0.2077” substitute “ £0.2482 ”.
In section 11(1) (rebate on heavy oil)—
in paragraph (a) (fuel oil), for “£0.0966” substitute “ £0.1 ”, and
in paragraph (b) (gas oil), for “£0.1007” substitute “ £0.1042 ”.
In section 14(1) (rebate on light oil for use as furnace fuel), for “£0.0966” substitute “ £0.1 ”.
In section 14A(2) (rebate on certain biodiesel), for “£0.1007” substitute “ £0.1042 ”.
The amendments made by subsection (2)(b) and (c) are treated as having come into force on 1 May 2009.
The other amendments made by this section are treated as having come into force on 1 April 2009.
HODA 1979 is amended as follows.
In section 6(1A) (main rates)—
in paragraph (a) (unleaded petrol), for “£0.5419” substitute “ £0.5619 ”,
in paragraph (aa) (aviation gasoline), for “£0.3334” substitute “ £0.3457 ”,
in paragraph (b) (light oil other than unleaded petrol or aviation gasoline), for “£0.6391” substitute “ £0.6591 ”, and
in paragraph (c) (heavy oil), for “£0.5419” substitute “ £0.5619 ”.
In section 6AA(3) (rate of duty on biodiesel), for “£0.3419” substitute “ £0.3619 ”.
In section 6AD(3) (rate of duty on bioethanol), for “£0.3419” substitute “ £0.3619 ”.
In section 8(3) (road fuel gas)—
in paragraph (a) (natural road fuel gas), for “£0.1926” substitute “ £0.2216 ”, and
in paragraph (b) (other road fuel gas), for “£0.2482” substitute “ £0.2767 ”.
In section 11(1) (rebate on heavy oil)—
in paragraph (a) (fuel oil), for “£0.1” substitute “ £0.1037 ”, and
in paragraph (b) (gas oil), for “£0.1042” substitute “ £0.1080 ”.
In section 14(1) (rebate on light oil for use as furnace fuel), for “£0.1” substitute “ £0.1037 ”.
In section 14A(2) (rebate on certain biodiesel), for “£0.1042” substitute “ £0.1080 ”.
The amendments made by this section come into force on 1 September 2009.
Other environmental taxes and duties
In section 30 of FA 1994 (air passenger duty: rates), for subsections (1) to (4) substitute—
Schedule 5 contains further provision about air passenger duty.
The amendment made by subsection (1) has effect in relation to the carriage of passengers beginning on or after 1 November 2009.
In section 42(1)(a) and (2) of FA 1996 (amount of landfill tax), for “£40” substitute “ £48 ”.
The amendments made by subsection (1) have effect in relation to disposals made (or treated as made) on or after 1 April 2010.
Gambling duties
In section 11(2) of FA 1997 (rates of gaming duty), for the table substitute—
The amendment made by subsection (1) has effect in relation to accounting periods beginning on or after 1 April 2009.
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
In section 23(2) of BGDA 1981 (amount of duty payable on amusement machine licence), for the table substitute—
The amendment made by subsection (1) has effect in relation to cases where the application for the amusement machine licence is received by the Commissioners for Her Majesty's Revenue and Customs after 4 pm on 22 April 2009.
BGDA 1981 is amended as follows.
Section 21 (gaming machine licences) is amended as follows.
Subsection (5) (excepted machines) is amended as follows.
In paragraph (c) (machines in case of which cost of single game does not exceed 10p and maximum value of prize for winning single game does not exceed £5)—
in sub-paragraph (i), omit the “and” at the end,
in sub-paragraph (ii), for “£5” substitute “ £15 ”, and
after that sub-paragraph insert—.
After that paragraph insert—.
After that subsection insert—
In section 22(2) (machine in respect of which benefits for winning single game do not exceed £8 to be “small-prize machine”), for “£8” substitute “ £10 ”.
Section 23 (amount of duty) is amended as follows.
In subsection (3) (categories of machines), in the definition of Category C gaming machine, in paragraph (ii)—
for “50p” substitute “ £1 ”, and
for “£35” substitute “ £70 ”.
Omit subsection (5) (which is superseded by the amendment made by subsection (6)).
In consequence of the amendments made by the preceding provisions of this section, omit—
in FA 2000, in Schedule 2, paragraph 3(1)(b), and
in FA 2007, section 9(2) and (4).
The amendments made by this section are treated as having come into force on 1 June 2009.
Income tax, corporation tax and capital gains tax
Support for business
Schedule 6 contains provision for a temporary extension of provisions allowing the carrying back of losses.
Part 2 of CAA 2001 (plant and machinery allowances) has effect as if—
in section 39 (first-year qualifying expenditure), a reference to this section were included in the list of provisions describing first-year qualifying expenditure, and
in the Table in section 52(3) (amount of first-year allowances), there were inserted at the end—.
Expenditure is first-year qualifying expenditure under this section if—
it is incurred in 2009-2010,
it is not within any of the general exclusions in section 46(2) of CAA 2001 (subject to subsection (4)),
it is not special rate expenditure (as defined by section 104A of CAA 2001), and
it is not first-year qualifying expenditure under a provision of Chapter 4 of Part 2 of CAA 2001.
For the purposes of this section expenditure is incurred in 2009-2010—
in the case of expenditure incurred by a person within the charge to corporation tax, if it is incurred on or after 1 April 2009 but before 1 April 2010, and
in the case of expenditure incurred by a person within the charge to income tax, if it is incurred on or after 6 April 2009 but before 6 April 2010.
General exclusion 6 in section 46(2) of CAA 2001 (expenditure on provision of plant or machinery for leasing) does not prevent expenditure being first-year qualifying expenditure under this section if the plant or machinery is provided for leasing under an excluded lease of background plant or machinery for a building (as defined by section 70R of that Act).
Expressions used in this section and in Part 2 of CAA 2001 have the same meaning here as in that Part of that Act, subject to subsection (6).
In determining whether expenditure is incurred in 2009-2010, any effect of section 12 of CAA 2001 (expenditure incurred before qualifying activity carried on) on the time at which it is to be treated as incurred is to be disregarded.
If—all relevant enactments are to have effect with such modifications as are necessary or expedient to give effect to the agreement.
a person (“P”) makes arrangements under which P agrees (in whatever terms) to forgo (to any extent) tax relief or a right to tax relief (whenever arising), and
the Treasury designates the arrangements for the purposes of this section,
The Treasury may not designate arrangements for the purposes of this section unless—
the arrangements have been made with the Treasury, another government department or another public body, and
under the arrangements, or under other arrangements, the Treasury, another government department or another public body—
guarantees or assumes a loss or other liability of P or another person,
insures or indemnifies P or another person against a loss or other liability,
agrees to make a payment to P or another person in respect of a loss or other liability of any person (whether or not the person to whom the payment is to be made), or
gives other financial support or assistance to P or another person (whether in money or otherwise).
If P forgoes (to any extent) tax relief or a right to tax relief under subsection (1)—
no tax relief is to be given to P or any other person by virtue of what is forgone or anything resulting from or representing what is forgone, and
all relevant enactments are to have effect with such modifications as are necessary or expedient to give effect to paragraph (a).
In this section—“relevant enactments” means—the Corporation Tax Acts, and the enactments relating to petroleum revenue tax;“tax relief” means—a reduction (by any means) of P's liability to any tax, or a payable tax credit.
This section has effect in relation to arrangements made on or after 22 April 2009; but that does not prevent subsections (1) and (3) from having effect in relation to times before 22 April 2009.
Schedule 7 contains provision extending Part 14 of CTA 2009 (remediation of contaminated land) to derelict land and other provision amending that Part of that Act.
Schedule 8 contains provision about venture capital schemes.
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Schedule 11 contains provision about tax relief for business expenditure on cars and motor cycles.
Schedule 12 contains provision about the reallocation of chargeable gains and allowable losses between companies that are members of a group.
Schedule 13 contains provision amending TCGA 1992 in respect of stock lending arrangements in the event of the insolvency of the borrower.
Chapter 2 of Part 4 of ITTOIA 2005 (interest) is amended as follows.
In section 369(2) (list of provisions extending what is treated as interest for certain purposes), after “bonds),” insert— “ section 380A (FSCS payments representing interest), ”.
After section 380 insert—
In ITA 2007, after section 979 insert—
The amendments made by this section have effect in relation to payments made on or after 6 October 2008.
Foreign profits etc
Schedule 14 contains provision about the treatment for the purposes of corporation tax of dividends and other distributions.
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Schedule 16 contains provision about controlled foreign companies.
Schedule 17 contains provision—
removing the existing requirements in relation to the international movement of capital in sections 765 to 767 of ICTA, and
imposing new reporting requirements on certain bodies corporate in relation to the international movement of capital.
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Chapter 2 of Part 4 of ITTOIA 2005 (interest) is amended as follows.
In section 369(2) (list of provisions extending what is treated as interest for certain purposes), after the entry relating to section 376 insert— “ section 378A (offshore fund distributions), ”.
After section 378 insert—
Accordingly, in section 367 of ITTOIA 2005 (priority between Chapters within Part 4), in subsection (3)—
in paragraph (a), after “dividends)” insert “ , 378A (offshore fund distributions) ”, and
in paragraph (b), insert at the end “or Chapter 4 (or both)”.
The amendments made by this section have effect in relation to—
distributions arising on or after 22 April 2009, and
manufactured overseas dividends that are representative of a distribution arising on or after that date.
Schedule 19 contains provision about income tax credits for foreign distributions.
Loan relationships and derivatives
Schedule 20 contains provision about loan relationships involving connected parties.
CTA 2009 is amended as follows.
In section 353 (introduction to Chapter 6 of Part 5)—
omit subsection (3), and
in subsection (6), after “loss”” insert “ and release debit ”.
In section 476(1) (definitions for purposes of Parts 5 and 6), after the definition of “profit sharing arrangements” insert—.
Section 479 (relevant non-lending relationships not involving discounts) is amended as follows.
In subsection (2)—
omit the “and” at the end of paragraph (b),
in paragraph (c), after “loss)” insert “ or release debit ”, and
insert at the end
In subsection (3), for “(2)” substitute “ (2)(c) ”.
After that subsection insert—
Section 481 (application of Part 5 to relevant non-lending relationships) is amended as follows
In subsection (3)—
in paragraph (d), after “loss” insert “ or release debit ” and for “impairment, and” substitute “ impairment or release, ”, and
insert at the end
In subsection (4), for “(3)” substitute “ (3)(d) and (e) ”.
After that subsection insert—
The amendments made by this section are treated as having come into force on 22 April 2009.
Schedule 21 contains anti-avoidance provisions relating to exchange gains and losses arising from loan relationships and derivative contracts.
Collective investment
In Schedule 22—... Part 2 contains provision about the treatment of participants in certain offshore funds under TCGA 1992.
The Treasury may by regulations make provision for and in connection with—
the designation by a company that is an investment trust or a prospective investment trust of dividends made by the company, and
the treatment of a designated dividend for the purposes of the Tax Acts, in specified circumstances and in the case of specified persons—
as a payment of yearly interest, or
as interest under a loan relationship.
Regulations under this section may, in particular, make provision—
about the circumstances in which a dividend may, or may not, be designated,
about limits on the amounts that may be designated or treated as a payment of yearly interest or as interest under a loan relationship,
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
about the preparation of accounts and the keeping of records by investment trusts and prospective investment trusts, and
about the provision by investment trusts and prospective investment trusts of information, whether to recipients of designated dividends or to other persons, including provision imposing a penalty not exceeding £3,000.
Regulations under this section may, in particular—
make provision applying enactments and instruments (with or without modification),
make different provision for different cases or different purposes, and
make incidental, consequential, supplementary or transitional provision.
Regulations under this section are to be made by statutory instrument.
A statutory instrument containing regulations under this section is subject to annulment in pursuance of a resolution of the House of Commons.
In this section—“company” has the same meaning as in Chapter 4 of Part 24 of CTA 2010 (see section 1165(1) of that Act) (investment trusts);“investment trust” means an investment trust within the meaning of section 1158 of CTA 2010;“loan relationship” has the same meaning as in the Corporation Tax Acts (see section 302(1) and (2) of CTA 2009);“prospective investment trust” means a company that—intends to seek approval under section 1158 of CTA 2010 (meaning of “investment trust”), and has a reasonable belief that such approval will be obtained;“specified” means specified in regulations under this section.
Insurance etc
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
The Treasury may by regulations provide for section 444BA of ICTA (equalisation reserves) to have effect, in such cases and subject to such modifications as may be specified in the regulations, in relation to equivalent Lloyd's reserves as it has effect in relation to equalisation reserves maintained by virtue of equalisation reserves rules.
For this purpose a reserve is an equivalent Lloyd's reserve if it is maintained by a corporate or partnership member for purposes, or in a manner, such as to make it equivalent to an equalisation reserve maintained by virtue of equalisation reserves rules.
The regulations may include—
provision having effect in relation to periods before they are made, and
supplementary, incidental, consequential and transitional provision.
In this section—“corporate member” means a body corporate which is a member of Lloyd's;“equalisation reserves rules” has the same meaning as in section 444BA of ICTA (see subsection (11) of that section);“member” means underwriting member;“partnership member” means a limited partnership formed under the law of Scotland, or a limited liability partnership formed under the law of any part of the United Kingdom, which is a member of Lloyd's.
Simplification
Schedule 24 contains provision about the corporation tax treatment of disguised interest.
Schedule 25 contains provision about transfers of income streams.
Schedule 26 contains provision amending Chapter 4 of Part 6 of ITTOIA 2005 (SAYE interest).
The amendments made by that Schedule are treated as having come into force on 29 April 2009.
Residence and domicile
Schedule 27 contains amendments about the remittance basis.
In Part 14 of ITA 2007 (income tax: miscellaneous rules), after Chapter 1 insert—
In section 2(14) of ITA 2007 (overview), after paragraph (a) insert—.
The amendments made by this section have effect for the tax year 2008-09 and subsequent tax years.
Employment income
Schedule 28 contains provision about taxable benefits arising from cars made available to employees etc by reason of employment.
Chapter 6 of Part 3 of ITEPA 2003 (taxable benefits: cars etc) is amended as follows.
In section 116(3) (meaning of when car is available), after “to section” insert “ 124A or ”.
In section 121(1) (method of calculating cash equivalent of benefit of car), in step 1, for “124” substitute “ 124A ”.
In section 122 (price of car), the existing provision becomes subsection (1) of that section and after that subsection insert—
After section 124 insert—
The amendments made by this section have effect for the tax year 2009-10 and subsequent tax years.
Part 4 of ITEPA 2003 (employment income: exemptions) is amended as follows.
In section 266(3) (exemption of non-cash vouchers for exempt benefits), omit the “or” at the end of paragraph (e) and insert at the end
In section 267(2) (exemption of credit-tokens used for exempt benefits), omit the “and” at the end of paragraph (g) and insert at the end
After section 320A insert—
The amendments made by this section have effect for the tax year 2009-10 and subsequent tax years.
Part 2 of TIOPA 2010 (double taxation relief) has effect as if tax for the benefit of the European Union payable in respect of any income under—of the Statute for Members of the European Parliament (2005/684/EC, Euratom) were payable under the law of a territory outside the United Kingdom.
Articles 9.1 and 10 (salaries),
Article 13 (transitional allowances), or
Article 14, 15 or 17 (pensions for old-age, incapacity and survivors),
In section 291(2)(c) of ITEPA 2003 (termination payments under section 3 of European Parliament (Pay and Pensions) Act 1979), insert at the end “ or under Article 13 of the Statute for Members of the European Parliament (transitional allowances), ”.
This section has effect for the tax year 2009-10 and subsequent tax years.
Double taxation
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Miscellaneous anti-avoidance provisions
Schedule 30 contains provision to counter avoidance involving financial arrangements.
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Schedule 32 contains provision about leases of plant or machinery.
Schedule 33 contains provision about long funding leases of films.
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ITEPA 2003 is amended as follows.
In section 346 (deduction for employee liabilities), after subsection (2) insert—
After section 556 insert—
The amendments made by this section have effect in relation to payments made on or after 12 January 2009 (irrespective of when the arrangements are made).
In section 128 of ITA 2007 (employment loss relief against general income), after subsection (5) insert—
The amendment made by subsection (1)—
has effect in relation to a loss made in the tax year 2009-10 or a subsequent tax year, and
has effect in relation to a loss made in the tax year 2008-09 if or to the extent that it is occasioned by an act or omission occurring on or after 12 January 2009.
Where a person has made a claim under section 128 of ITA 2007 during the relevant period, no penalty is payable by the person on the ground that any return, statement or declaration made in connection with the claim contained an inaccuracy if it would not have done so but for the amendment made by subsection (1). For this purpose “the relevant period” is the period—
beginning with 12 January 2009, and
ending with 1 April 2009.
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Part 8 of CTA 2009 (intangible fixed assets) is amended as follows.
In section 712(1) (meaning of “intangible asset”), insert at the end “ (and includes an internally-generated intangible asset) ”.
In section 715 (application of Part 8 to goodwill)—
in subsection (3), insert at the end “(and includes internally-generated goodwill)”, and
insert at the end—
In section 883 (assets treated as created or acquired when expenditure incurred)—
in subsection (1), for paragraph (b) substitute—,
in subsection (2)(a), omit “internally-generated”,
in subsection (2)(b), for “certain other internally-generated assets” substitute “ assets representing non-qualifying expenditure ”, and
in subsection (3), omit “to which this section applies”.
In section 884 (internally-generated goodwill: time of creation)—
omit “internally-generated”,
for the words from “before” to the end substitute, and
in the heading, omit “Internally-generated”.
In section 885 (certain other internally-generated assets: time of creation)—
in subsection (1)(b), omit “internally-generated”,
in subsection (7), for the words from “before” to the end substitute, and
in the heading, for “Certain other internally-generated assets” substitute “ Assets representing non-qualifying expenditure ”.
The amendments made by this section have effect in relation to accounting periods beginning on or after 22 April 2009 (and, in relation to those accounting periods, are to be treated as always having had effect).
For the purposes of subsection (7) an accounting period beginning before, and ending on or after, 22 April 2009 is to be treated as if so much of the period as falls before that date, and so much of the period as falls on or after that date, were separate accounting periods.
Chapter 5 of Part 3 of ITEPA 2003 (taxable benefits: living accommodation) is amended as follows.
In section 105 (cash equivalent: cost of accommodation not over £75,000)—
in subsection (3), after “is” insert “ (subject to subsections (4) and (4A)) ”, and
for subsection (4) substitute—
After that section insert—
The amendments made by this section have effect in relation to—
any lease entered into on or after 22 April 2009, and
subject to subsection (5), any lease entered into before that date the term of which is extended on or after that date.
In relation to a lease of the kind mentioned in subsection (4)(b) the amendments made by this section have effect—
as if the additional term of the lease created by the extension were the whole of the term of the lease, and
ignoring any lease premium payable in respect of the unextended term of the lease.
In this section “lease premium” has the same meaning as in sections 105A and 105B of ITEPA 2003.
Pensions
Schedule 35 contains provision for and in connection with a special annual allowance charge in respect of pension schemes.
The Treasury may by regulations make provision for and in connection with—
the application of the relevant taxes in relation to the financial assistance scheme, and
the application of the relevant taxes in relation to any person in connection with the financial assistance scheme.
“The financial assistance scheme” means the scheme provided for by regulations under section 286 of the Pensions Act 2004.
The provision that may be made by regulations under this section includes provision imposing any of the relevant taxes (as well as provisions for exemptions or reliefs).
The relevant taxes are—
income tax,
capital gains tax,
corporation tax,
inheritance tax,
value added tax,
stamp duty land tax,
stamp duty, and
stamp duty reserve tax.
Regulations under this section may, in particular, include provision for and in connection with the taxation of payments made by virtue of regulations under section 286 of the Pensions Act 2004.
The exemptions and reliefs that may be given by regulations under this section include, in particular, exemption from charges to income tax, corporation tax or capital gains tax in respect of—
income arising from any assets held or managed by, or receipts of, the person who manages the financial assistance scheme (“the scheme manager”) and any chargeable gains arising from the disposal of any such assets, and
the receipt of fraud compensation payments (within the meaning of Part 2 of the Pensions Act 2004: see section 182(1) of that Act).
Regulations under this section may include provision having effect in relation to any time before they are made if the provision does not increase any person's liability to tax.
The provision made by regulations under this section may be framed as provision applying with appropriate modifications provisions having effect in relation to registered pension schemes; and for this purpose “registered pension scheme” means a pension scheme within the meaning of Part 4 of FA 2004 which is registered under Chapter 2 of that Part of that Act.
Regulations under this section may include—
provision amending any enactment or instrument, and
consequential, supplementary and transitional provision.
Regulations under this section are to be made by statutory instrument.
A statutory instrument containing regulations under this section is subject to annulment in pursuance of a resolution of the House of Commons.
The Treasury may by regulations make provision for and in connection with the application of the relevant taxes in relation to circumstances in which there is relevant intervention under the FSCS.
“Relevant intervention” means—
anything done under, or while seeking to make, arrangements for securing continuity of insurance in connection with registered pension schemes,
anything done as part of measures for safeguarding policyholders in connection with registered pension schemes, or
the payment of compensation in connection with registered pension schemes.
“The FSCS” means the Financial Services Compensation Scheme (established under Part 15 of FISMA 2000).
The provision that may be made by regulations under this section includes provision imposing any of the relevant taxes (as well as provisions for exemptions or reliefs).
The relevant taxes are—
income tax,
capital gains tax,
corporation tax,
inheritance tax,
stamp duty land tax,
stamp duty, and
stamp duty reserve tax.
Regulations under this section may include provision having effect in relation to any time before they are made if the provision does not increase any person's liability to tax.
The provision made by regulations under this section may be framed as provision modifying, or applying with appropriate modifications, provisions having effect in relation to registered pension schemes.
Regulations under this section may include—
provision amending any enactment or instrument, and
consequential, supplementary and transitional provision.
Regulations under this section are to be made by statutory instrument.
A statutory instrument containing regulations under this section is subject to annulment in pursuance of a resolution of the House of Commons.
In this section “registered pension scheme” means a pension scheme within the meaning of Part 4 of FA 2004 which is registered under Chapter 2 of that Part of that Act.
In section 282 of FA 2004 (orders and regulations under Part 4), insert at the beginning—
In consequence of the amendment made by subsection (1), omit the following provisions of Part 4 of FA 2004—
section 164(2)(d),
section 281(4),
section 283(3C),
in Schedule 28, paragraphs 3(2CA) and 17(4A), and
in Schedule 29A, paragraph 9(2).
In consequence of subsection (2), omit—
in FA 2006, in Schedule 23, paragraph 34(4), and
in FA 2008, in Schedule 29, paragraph 2.
Value added tax
Schedule 36 contains provisions about the place of supply of services for the purposes of value added tax and related matters.
VATA 1994 is amended as follows.
In subsection (3) of section 39 (repayment of VAT to those in business overseas)—
in the words before paragraph (a), after “such cases” insert “ and to such extent ”,
in sub-paragraph (ii) of paragraph (b), after “Act” insert “ in respect of such period as may be prescribed ” and omit the “and” at the end,
after that paragraph insert—, and
in paragraph (c), for “methods by which” substitute “ time by which and manner in which claims must be made, ”.
After that section insert—
In section 83(1) (appeals), after paragraph (h) insert—.
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
In paragraph 4(2) of Schedule 2 to the Agricultural Holdings Act 1986 (frequency of arbitrations of rent: changes in rent to be disregarded), insert at the end—
Paragraph 4(2)(d) of Schedule 2 to that Act (as inserted by subsection (1)) includes an increase or reduction of rent arising from an option, revocation or change in rate that takes effect before the day on which this Act is passed.
The references in that provision and in subsection (2) to an option to tax, or to the exercise or revocation of such an option, under Schedule 10 to VATA 1994 include a reference to an election to waive exemption, or to the making or revocation of such an election, under that Schedule (as it had effect before 1 June 2008).
Stamp taxes
Stamp duty land tax
Section 74 of FA 2003 (collective enfranchisement by leaseholders) is amended as follows.
For subsection (1) substitute—
In subsection (2)—
omit “In that case,”, and
for “flats in respect of which the right of collective enfranchisement is being exercised” substitute “ qualifying flats contained in the premises ”.
For subsection (4) substitute—
For the heading substitute “Exercise of collective rights by tenants of flats”.
Accordingly, in section 55(5) of that Act (amount of tax chargeable), for “collective enfranchisement by leaseholders” substitute “ exercise of collective rights by tenants of flats ”.
The amendments made by this section have effect in relation to transactions with an effective date on or after 22 April 2009.
Part 4 of FA 2003 (stamp duty land tax) is amended as follows.
Section 71 (certain acquisitions by registered social landlord) is amended as follows.
Insert at the beginning—
In subsection (4), for “subsection (1)(c)” substitute “ this section ”.
Schedule 9 (right to buy etc) is amended as follows.
In paragraph 5 (shared ownership leases: “qualifying body” etc)—
in sub-paragraph (2), insert at the end—, and
after that sub-paragraph insert—
In paragraph 7 (shared ownership trusts: introduction)—
in sub-paragraph (3), omit “(within the meaning of paragraph 5(2))”, and
insert at the end—
The amendments made by this section have effect in relation to transactions with an effective date on or after the day on which this Act is passed.
In Schedule 9 to FA 2003 (stamp duty land tax: right to buy etc), insert at the end—
The amendment made by subsection (1) has effect in relation to cases in which the effective date of the grant of the shared ownership lease or the declaration of the shared ownership trust is on or after 22 April 2009.
Paragraphs 13(4) and 14(4) of Schedule 9 to FA 2003 (inserted by this section) have effect for the purposes of subsection (2).
Stock lending arrangements
Schedule 37 contains provision amending Part 3 (stamp duty) and Part 4 (stamp duty reserve tax) of FA 1986 in respect of repurchase and stock lending arrangements in the event of the insolvency of one of the parties.
The amendments made by that Schedule have effect where the insolvency in question occurs on or after 1 September 2008.
This section and that Schedule cease to have effect—
Oil
Schedule 38 contains provision about capital allowances for oil decommissioning expenditure.
Schedule 39 contains provision about the treatment of blended oil for the purposes of petroleum revenue tax.
Schedule 40 contains provision about chargeable gains in oil trades.
Schedule 41 contains provision about oil production assets put to certain other uses.
Schedule 42 contains provision about the treatment of certain former licensees and former oil fields for the purposes of petroleum revenue tax.
Schedule 43 contains provision abolishing provisional expenditure allowance.
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Schedule 45 contains miscellaneous amendments relating to oil taxation.
Administration
Standards and values
In CRCA 2005, after section 16 insert—
The duty imposed by section 16A(1) of CRCA 2005 must be complied with before the end of 2009.
Schedule 46 contains provision about the duties of senior accounting officers of qualifying companies.
That Schedule has effect in relation to financial years (within the meaning of the Companies Act 2006) beginning on or after the day on which this Act is passed.
The Commissioners may publish information about any person if—
in consequence of an investigation conducted by the Commissioners, one or more relevant tax penalties is found to have been incurred by the person, and
the potential lost revenue in relation to the penalty (or the aggregate of the potential lost revenue in relation to each of the penalties) exceeds £25,000.
A “relevant tax penalty” is—
a penalty under paragraph 1 of Schedule 24 to FA 2007 (inaccuracy in taxpayer's document) in respect of a deliberate inaccuracy on the part of the person,
a penalty under paragraph 1A of that Schedule (inaccuracy in taxpayer's document attributable to deliberate supply of false information or deliberate withholding of information by person),
a penalty under paragraph 1 of Schedule 41 to FA 2008 (failure to notify) in respect of a deliberate failure on the part of the person, or
a penalty under paragraph 2 (unauthorised VAT invoice), 3 (putting product to use attracting higher duty etc) or 4 (handling goods subject to unpaid excise duty) of that Schedule in respect of deliberate action by the person.
“Potential lost revenue”, in relation to a penalty, has the meaning given by—in relation to the inaccuracy, failure or action to which the penalty relates.
paragraphs 5 to 8 of Schedule 24 to FA 2007, or
paragraphs 7 to 11 of Schedule 41 to FA 2008,
The information that may be published is—
the person's name (including any trading name, previous name or pseudonym),
the person's address (or registered office),
the nature of any business carried on by the person,
the amount of the penalty or penalties and the potential lost revenue in relation to the penalty (or the aggregate of the potential lost revenue in relation to each of the penalties),
the periods or times to which the inaccuracy, failure or action giving rise to the penalty (or any of the penalties) relates, and
any such other information as the Commissioners consider it appropriate to publish in order to make clear the person's identity.
Subsection (4B) applies where a person who is a body corporate or a partnership has incurred—
a penalty under paragraph 1 of Schedule 24 to FA 2007 in respect of a deliberate inaccuracy which involves an offshore matter or an offshore transfer (within the meaning of paragraph 4A of that Schedule), or
a penalty under paragraph 1 of Schedule 41 to FA 2008 in respect of a deliberate failure which involves an offshore matter or an offshore transfer (within the meaning of paragraph 6A of that Schedule).
The Commissioners may publish the information mentioned in subsection (4) in respect of any individual who—
controls the body corporate or the partnership (within the meaning of section 1124 of CTA 2010), and
has obtained a tax advantage as a result of the inaccuracy or failure.
Subsection (4D) applies where one or more trustees of a settlement have incurred—
a penalty under paragraph 1 of Schedule 24 to FA 2007 in respect of a deliberate inaccuracy which involves an offshore matter or an offshore transfer (within the meaning of paragraph 4A of that Schedule), or
a penalty under paragraph 1 of Schedule 41 to FA 2008 in respect of a deliberate failure which involves an offshore matter or an offshore transfer (within the meaning of paragraph 6A of that Schedule).
The Commissioners may publish the information mentioned in subsection (4) in respect of any trustee who is an individual and who has obtained a tax advantage as a result of the inaccuracy or failure.
The information may be published in any manner that the Commissioners consider appropriate.
Before publishing any information about a person under subsection (1), the Commissioners must—
inform the person that they are considering doing so, and
afford the person reasonable opportunity to make representations about whether it should be published.
Before publishing any information about an individual under subsection (4B) or (4D), the Commissioners—
must inform the individual that they are considering doing so, and
afford the individual reasonable opportunity to make representations about whether it should be published.
No information may be published before the day when the penalty becomes final (or the latest day when any of the penalties becomes final).
No information may be published for the first time after the end of the period of one year beginning with that day (or that latest day).
No information may be published (or continue to be published) after the end of the period of one year beginning with the day on which it is first published.
No information may be published if the amount of the penalty is reduced under—(reductions for disclosure) to the full extent permitted.
paragraph 10 of Schedule 24 to FA 2007, ...
paragraph 10A of that Schedule to the full extent permitted following an unprompted disclosure,
paragraph 13 of Schedule 41 to FA 2008, or
paragraph 13A of that Schedule to the full extent permitted following an unprompted disclosure.
For the purposes of this section a penalty becomes final—
if it has been assessed, when the time for any appeal or further appeal relating to it expires or, if later, any appeal or final appeal relating to it is finally determined, or
if a contract is made between the Commissioners and the person under which the Commissioners undertake not to assess the penalty or (if it has been assessed) not to take proceedings to recover it, at the time when the contract is made.
The Treasury may by order vary the amount for the time being specified in subsection (1).
This section comes into force on a day appointed by order made by the Treasury.
Orders under this section are to be made by statutory instrument.
A statutory instrument containing an order under subsection (12) is subject to annulment in pursuance of a resolution of the House of Commons.
In this section—“the Commissioners” means the Commissioners for Her Majesty's Revenue and Customs;“tax advantage” has the meaning given by section 208 of FA 2013.
Information etc
An order under this section may—
make different provision for different purposes, and
make provision amending, repealing or revoking an enactment or instrument (whenever passed or made).
An order under this section is to be made by statutory instrument.
A statutory instrument containing an order under this section is subject to annulment in pursuance of a resolution of the House of Commons.
In paragraph 63(1) of Schedule 36 to FA 2008 (information and inspection powers: meaning of “tax”), for paragraph (e) (and the “and” before it) substitute—.
Schedule 48 contains further amendments of that Schedule.
The amendments made by this section and Schedule 48 come into force on such day as the Treasury may by order appoint.
An order under subsection (3) may—
appoint different days for different purposes, and
contain transitional provision and savings.
The Treasury may by order make any incidental, supplemental, consequential, transitional or transitory provision or saving which appears appropriate in consequence of, or otherwise in connection with, this section and Schedule 48.
An order under subsection (5) may—
make different provision for different purposes, and
make provision amending, repealing or revoking an enactment or instrument (whenever passed or made).
An order under this section is to be made by statutory instrument.
A statutory instrument containing an order under subsection (5) is subject to annulment in pursuance of a resolution of the House of Commons.
Schedule 49 contains provision about the powers of officers of Revenue and Customs to obtain contact details of debtors.
Schedule 50 contains provision about obligations to keep records.
The amendments made by that Schedule come into force on such day as the Treasury may by order made by statutory instrument appoint.
Assessments, claims etc
Schedule 51 contains provision about time limits for assessments, claims etc.
The amendments made by that Schedule come into force on such day as the Treasury may by order made by statutory instrument appoint.
An order under subsection (2)—
may make different provision for different purposes, and
may include transitional provision and savings.
Schedule 52 contains provision for and in connection with the recovery of overpaid income tax, capital gains tax and corporation tax.
The amendments made by that Schedule have effect in relation to claims made on or after 1 April 2010.
The Treasury may by order make any incidental, supplemental, consequential, transitional or transitory provision or saving which appears appropriate in consequence of, or otherwise in connection with, that Schedule.
An order under this section may—
make different provision for different purposes, and
make provision modifying an enactment or instrument (whenever passed or made).
“Modifying” includes amending, repealing or revoking.
An order under this section is to be made by statutory instrument.
A statutory instrument containing an order under this section is subject to annulment in pursuance of a resolution of the House of Commons.
Interest
This section applies to any amount that is payable by a person to HMRC under or by virtue of an enactment.
But this section does not apply to—
an amount of corporation tax,
an amount of petroleum revenue tax, or
an amount of any description specified in an order made by the Treasury.
An amount to which this section applies carries interest at the late payment interest rate from the late payment interest start date until the date of payment.
The late payment interest start date in respect of any amount is the date on which that amount becomes due and payable.
In Schedule 53—
Part 1 makes special provision as to the amount on which late payment interest is calculated,
Part 2 makes special provision as to the late payment interest start date,
Part 3 makes special provision as to the date to which late payment interest runs, and
Part 4 makes provision about the effect that the giving of a relief has on late payment interest.
Subsection (3) applies even if the late payment interest start date is a non-business day within the meaning of section 92 of the Bills of Exchange Act 1882.
Late payment interest is to be paid without any deduction of income tax.
Late payment interest is not payable on late payment interest.
For the purposes of this section any reference to the payment of an amount to HMRC includes a reference to its being set off against an amount payable by HMRC (and, accordingly, the reference to the date on which an amount is paid includes a reference to the date from which the set-off takes effect).
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
This section applies to—
any amount that is payable by HMRC to any person under or by virtue of an enactment, and
a relevant amount paid by a person to HMRC that is repaid by HMRC to that person or to another person.
But this section does not apply to—
an amount constituting a repayment of corporation tax,
an amount constituting a repayment of petroleum revenue tax, or
an amount of any description specified in an order made by the Treasury.
An amount to which this section applies carries interest at the repayment interest rate from the repayment interest start date until the date on which the payment or repayment is made.
In Schedule 54—
Parts 1 and 2 define the repayment interest start date, ...
Part 2A makes special provision as to the period for which an amount of VAT credit carries interest, and
Part 3 makes supplementary provision.
Subsection (3) applies even if the repayment interest start date is a non-business day within the meaning of section 92 of the Bills of Exchange Act 1882.
Repayment interest is not payable on an amount payable in consequence of an order or judgment of a court having power to allow interest on the amount.
Repayment interest is not payable on repayment interest.
For the purposes of this section—
“relevant amount” means any sum that was paid in connection with any liability (including any purported or anticipated liability) to make a payment to HMRC under or by virtue of an enactment, and
any reference to the payment or repayment of an amount by HMRC includes a reference to its being set off against an amount owed to HMRC (and, accordingly, the reference to the date on which an amount is paid or repaid by HMRC includes a reference to the date from which the set-off takes effect).
The late payment interest rate is the rate provided for in regulations made by the Treasury under this subsection.
The repayment interest rate is the rate provided for in regulations made by the Treasury under this subsection.
Regulations under subsection (1) or (2)—
may make different provision for different purposes,
may either themselves specify a rate of interest or make provision for such a rate to be determined (and to change from time to time) by reference to such rate, or the average of such rates, as may be referred to in the regulations,
may provide for rates to be reduced below, or increased above, what they otherwise would be by specified amounts or by reference to specified formulae,
may provide for rates arrived at by reference to averages to be rounded up or down,
may provide for circumstances in which alteration of a rate of interest is or is not to be take place, and
may provide that alterations of rates are to have effect for periods beginning on or after a day determined in accordance with the regulations in relation to interest running from before that day as well as from or from after that day.
Schedule 54A makes special provision as to certain amounts of late payment interest and repayment interest.
A reference to the date on which an amount becomes due and payable is a reference to the date (however described) on or before which the amount must be paid.
An order under subsection (3)—
may commence a provision generally or only for specified purposes, and
may appoint different days for different provisions or for different purposes.
The Treasury may by order make any incidental, supplemental, consequential, transitional, transitory or saving provision which may appear appropriate in consequence of, or otherwise in connection with, those sections.
An order under subsection (5) may include provision amending, repealing or revoking any provision of any Act or subordinate legislation whenever passed or made (including this Act and any Act amended by it).
An order under subsection (5) may make different provision for different purposes.
The following are to be made by statutory instrument—
orders under subsection (3) or (5).
A statutory instrument containing—is subject to annulment in pursuance of a resolution of the House of Commons.
an order under subsection (5) which includes provision amending or repealing any provision of an Act,
Section 239 of ITA 2007 (date from which interest is chargeable when EIS relief is withdrawn or reduced) is amended as follows.
In subsection (1)—
for “in column 1 of the following table” substitute “ in subsection (2) ”,
for “given by the corresponding entry in column 2 of the table” substitute “ 31 January next following the tax year for which the assessment is made ”, and
omit the table.
For subsection (2) substitute—
In the following provisions, for the words from “the same rate” to the end substitute “ the rate applicable under section 178 of the Finance Act 1989 ”
section 48(1) of FA 1975 (interest on repayment of estate duty), and
section 235(1) of IHTA 1984 (interest on overpaid inheritance tax).
In section 178(2) of FA 1989 (setting of rates of interest)—
after paragraph (g) insert—, and
in paragraph (k), after “sections 233” insert “ , 235(1) ”.
The following provisions (which require HMRC to make an order specifying the new rate of interest when that rate is changed by operation of regulations) are omitted—
section 178(5) of FA 1989, and
section 197(5) of FA 1996.
Penalties
Schedule 55 contains provision for imposing penalties on persons in respect of failures to make returns and other documents relating to liabilities for tax.
That Schedule comes into force on such day as the Treasury may by order appoint.
An order under subsection (2)—
may commence a provision generally or only for specified purposes, and
may appoint different days for different provisions or for different purposes.
The Treasury may by order make any incidental, supplemental, consequential, transitional, transitory or saving provision which may appear appropriate in consequence of, or otherwise in connection with, Schedule 55.
An order under subsection (4) may include provision amending, repealing or revoking any provision of any Act or subordinate legislation whenever passed or made (including this Act and any Act amended by it).
An order under subsection (4) may make different provision for different purposes.
An order under this section is to be made by statutory instrument.
A statutory instrument containing an order under subsection (4) which includes provision amending or repealing any provision of an Act is subject to annulment in pursuance of a resolution of the House of Commons.
Schedule 56 contains provision for imposing penalties on persons in respect of failures to comply with obligations to pay tax.
That Schedule comes into force on such day as the Treasury may by order appoint.
An order under subsection (2)—
may commence a provision generally or only for specified purposes, and
may appoint different days for different provisions or for different purposes.
The Treasury may by order make any incidental, supplemental, consequential, transitional, transitory or saving provision which may appear appropriate in consequence of, or otherwise in connection with, Schedule 56.
An order under subsection (4) may include provision amending, repealing or revoking any provision of any Act or subordinate legislation whenever passed or made (including this Act and any Act amended by it).
An order under subsection (4) may make different provision for different purposes.
An order under this section is to be made by statutory instrument.
A statutory instrument containing an order under subsection (4) which includes provision amending or repealing any provision of an Act is subject to annulment in pursuance of a resolution of the House of Commons.
This section applies if—
a person (“P”) fails to pay an amount of tax falling within the Table in subsection (5) when it becomes due and payable,
P makes a request to an officer of Revenue and Customs that payment of the amount of tax be deferred, and
an officer of Revenue and Customs agrees that payment of that amount may be deferred for a period (“the deferral period”).
P is not liable to a penalty for failing to pay the amount mentioned in subsection (1) if—
the penalty falls within the Table, and
P would (apart from this subsection) become liable to it between the date on which P makes the request and the end of the deferral period.
But if—P becomes liable, at the date of the notice, to that penalty.
P breaks the agreement (see subsection (4)), and
an officer of Revenue and Customs serves on P a notice specifying any penalty to which P would become liable apart from subsection (2),
P breaks an agreement if—
P fails to pay the amount of tax in question when the deferral period ends, or
the deferral is subject to P complying with a condition (including a condition that part of the amount be paid during the deferral period) and P fails to comply with it.
The taxes and penalties referred to in subsections (1) and (2) are—
If the agreement mentioned in subsection (1)(c) is varied at any time by a further agreement between P and an officer of Revenue and Customs, this section applies from that time to the agreement as varied.
The Treasury may by order amend the Table by adding or removing a tax or a penalty.
An order under subsection (7) is to be made by statutory instrument.
A statutory instrument containing an order under subsection (7) is subject to annulment in pursuance of a resolution of the House of Commons.
In this section, except in the entries in the Table, “penalty” includes surcharge and penalty interest.
This section has effect where the agreement mentioned in subsection (1)(c) is made on or after 24 November 2008.
Miscellaneous
Schedule 58 contains provision about the recovery of debts by means of deductions from PAYE income in accordance with PAYE regulations.
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Section 4 of F(No.2)A 1992 (cases in which customs and excise enforcement powers can be used in relation to movement of persons or things between member States) is amended as follows.
In subsection (1), after “subsection” insert “ (1A) or ”.
After that subsection insert—
In subsection (2), for the words from the beginning to “or that” substitute “ The second case in which a power to which this section applies may be exercised as mentioned in subsection (1) above is where ”.
Miscellaneous
Gambling
Group 4 of Schedule 9 to VATA 1994 (exemptions: betting, gaming and lotteries) is amended as follows.
In Note (1), omit paragraph (b) (granting of right to play game of chance not exempted unless within Note (5)).
Omit Notes (5) to (11).
The Value Added Tax (Betting, Gaming and Lotteries) Order 2007 (S.I. 2007/2163) is revoked.
Omit—
in BGDA 1981, sections 19(3)(b) and 26E(2), and
in FA 1997, section 11(9)(a).
The amendments made by this section are treated as having come into force on 27 April 2009.
FA 1997 is amended as follows.
Section 10 (gaming duty) is amended as follows.
For subsection (2) substitute—
In subsection (3)(e), after “Article” insert “ 77, ”.
After subsection (3A) insert—
In subsection (3C)(a), after “in” insert “ organising or ”.
For subsection (4) substitute—
In subsection (5), for “add to the games mentioned in subsection (2) above” substitute “ provide that any specified game is or is not to be a casino game or equal chance gaming for the purposes of this section ”.
In subsection (6), for “this section, or in an order under subsection (5) above,” substitute “ an order under subsection (5) above ”.
Section 14 (subordinate legislation) is amended as follows.
In subsection (2), for “or 11(11) above” substitute “ providing that any game is to be a casino game or equal chance gaming or any order under section 11(11) ”.
Insert at the end—
Section 15(3) (interpretation) is amended as follows.
After the definition of “accounting period” insert—.
After the definition of “dutiable gaming” insert—.
In consequence of the preceding provisions, omit—
in FA 2002, section 11, and
in FA 2007, in Schedule 25, paragraph 17(4).
The amendments made by this section are to be treated as having come into force on 27 April 2009.
But those amendments do not give rise to a duty under paragraph 6(3)(a) of Schedule 1 to FA 1997 (requirement to notify premises) before 25 May 2009.
BGDA 1981 is amended as follows.
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
In section 26H (remote gaming duty: exemptions), after subsection (2) insert—
The amendments made by this section have effect in relation to games of bingo that begin to be played on or after 1 July 2009.
BGDA 1981 is amended as follows.
Section 25 (meaning of “amusement machine”) is amended as follows.
For subsection (1A) substitute—
In subsection (1C), for “constructed” substitute “ designed ”.
Insert at the end—
In section 33 (interpretation)—
in subsection (1), in the definition of “gaming”, omit “within the meaning of Group 4 of Schedule 9 to the Value Added Tax Act 1994”, and
after that subsection insert—
Climate change levy
Schedule 6 to FA 2000 (climate change levy) is amended as follows.
In paragraph 44 (reduced rate for supplies covered by climate change agreement), after sub-paragraph (2) insert—
In consequence of subsection (2)—
in paragraph 44(2), after “subject to” insert “ sub-paragraphs (2A) to (2D) and ”, and
in paragraph 147 (general interpretation), in the definition of “reduced-rate supply”, after “subject to” insert “ paragraph 44(2A) to (2D) and ”.
Schedule 59 contains provision for removing the reduced rate of climate change levy where the targets set by a climate change agreement have not been met.
The amendments made by that Schedule have effect where the certification period begins on or after 1 April 2009.
Other environmental taxes and duties
Schedule 60 contains provision about charging landfill tax on prescribed activities at landfill sites.
In section 22(1) of VERA 1994 (registration regulations), after paragraph (h) insert—.
HODA 1979 is amended as follows.
In section 11(1) (rebate on heavy oil), omit “12”.
In section 14D(2) (civil penalty for supplying biodiesel or bioblend intending that it will be put to prohibited use), for “intending” substitute “ having reason to believe ”.
The amendment made by subsection (3) has effect in relation to supplies on or after the day on which this Act is passed.
Other matters
Part 5 of IHTA 1984 (miscellaneous reliefs) is amended as follows.
In section 115 (agricultural property relief: preliminary), in subsection (3), insert at the end “(or, in the case of property outside the United Kingdom, the Channel Islands and the Isle of Man, if it were subject to provisions equivalent in effect to such a covenant).”
For subsection (5) of that section substitute—
In section 116 (agricultural property relief: the relief), insert at the end—
In section 125 (woodlands relief), in paragraph (a) of subsection (1), omit “in the United Kingdom”.
After that subsection insert—
The amendments made by this section have effect in relation to transfers of value where the tax payable but for this section (or, in the case of tax payable by instalments, the last instalment of that tax)—
would have been due on or after 22 April 2009, or
was paid or due on or after 23 April 2003.
Where tax falling within subsection (7) has been paid, Her Majesty's Revenue and Customs must repay the tax (together with interest under section 235(1) of IHTA 1984) if, but only if, a claim for repayment is made on or before—whichever is later.
the date determined under section 241(1) of that Act as the last date on which the claim may be made, or
21 April 2010,
Where, by virtue of the amendments made by subsections (5) and (6), an election is made under section 125 of IHTA 1984, that election must be made on or before—whichever is later.
the date determined under section 125(3) as the last date on which the election may be made, or
21 April 2010,
Schedule 61 contains provision about the taxation of chargeable gains, stamp duty land tax and capital allowances for and in connection with arrangements to which section 564G of ITA 2007 or section 151N of TCGA 1992 (investment bond arrangements) applies.
The Treasury may by regulations make provision for and in connection with—
the tax consequences of a transfer of all or part of the business or engagements of a mutual society,
the tax consequences of an amalgamation of mutual societies, and
the tax consequences of the conversion of a mutual society into a company.
“Mutual society” means—
a building society incorporated (or deemed to be incorporated) under the Building Societies Act 1986,
a friendly society within the meaning of the Friendly Societies Act 1992, or
a registered society within the meaning of the Co-operative and Community Benefit Societies Act 2014.
Regulations under this section may, in particular, make provision about—
relief from tax in respect of losses,
capital allowances,
the taxation of chargeable gains (including provision conferring relief for specified transfers and amalgamations),
the treatment of intangible fixed assets and goodwill,
the treatment of loan relationships (and matters treated as loan relationships),
the treatment of derivative contracts (and contracts treated as derivative contracts),
exemption or other relief from stamp duty, stamp duty reserve tax or stamp duty land tax, and
the treatment of arrangements the purpose, or one of the main purposes, of which is to secure a tax advantage.
Regulations under this section may, in particular—
modify enactments and instruments relating to tax (whenever passed or made),
make different provision for different cases or different purposes, and
make incidental, consequential or transitional provision (including provision modifying enactments and instruments, whenever passed or made).
Regulations under this section may include provision having effect in relation to any time before they are made if the provision does not increase any person's liability to tax.
Regulations under this section are to be made by statutory instrument.
A statutory instrument containing regulations under this section is subject to annulment in pursuance of a resolution of the House of Commons.
In this section—“arrangements” includes any arrangements, scheme or understanding of any kind, whether or not legally enforceable and whether involving a single transaction or two or more transactions;“company” means a company formed and registered under the Companies Act 2006 (or treated as formed and registered under that Act);“derivative contract” has the same meaning as in Part 7 of CTA 2009 (see section 576 of that Act);“goodwill” and “intangible fixed asset” have the same meaning as in Part 8 of CTA 2009 (see sections 713 and 715 of that Act);“loan relationship” has the same meaning as in the Corporation Tax Acts (see section 302(1) and (2) of CTA 2009);“modify” includes amend, repeal or revoke;“tax” includes stamp duty;“tax advantage” means—a relief from tax (including a tax credit) or increased relief from tax, a repayment of tax or increased repayment of tax, the avoidance, reduction or delay of a charge to tax or an assessment to tax, or the avoidance of a possible assessment to tax.
As soon as practicable after the passing of this Act—
the Director of Savings and the Commissioners must prepare a statement showing the relevant surplus, and
the Commissioners must pay the relevant surplus into the Consolidated Fund.
The relevant surplus is the amount held by the Commissioners by virtue of section 17 of the 1971 Act (including any such amount held in investments), less the aggregate of—
such sums as the Treasury may determine to be equal to those expended by the Director of Savings in connection with ordinary accounts,
such sums as are necessary to defray the expenses incurred by the Commissioners in connection with ordinary accounts, and
such sums as are required to be paid into the Consolidated Fund by virtue of section 20 of the 1971 Act.
The Commissioners—
must pay into the Consolidated Fund the sums determined in accordance with subsection (2)(a), and
may retain the sums determined in accordance with subsection (2)(b).
As soon as practicable after preparing a statement under subsection (1), the Director of Savings and the Commissioners must transmit the statement to the Comptroller and Auditor General who must—
examine, certify and make a report on it, and
lay copies of the statement, together with copies of that report, before Parliament.
The Treasury may by order repeal or otherwise amend any enactment if the repeal or amendment appears to the Treasury to be necessary or expedient in consequence of—
the closure of ordinary accounts and the transfer of their balances to other accounts (see, in particular, regulations 2B to 2BB of the National Savings Bank Regulations 1972 (S.I. 1972/764)), or
this section.
An order under subsection (5) is to be made by statutory instrument.
No order may be made under subsection (5) unless a draft of the statutory instrument containing it has been laid before, and approved by a resolution of, the House of Commons.
In this section—
a reference to sums expended or expenses incurred in connection with ordinary accounts includes a reference to sums expended or expenses incurred in connection with the holding of amounts by virtue of section 17 of the 1971 Act (including their holding in investments), and
expressions used in this section and in the 1971 Act have the same meaning in this section as in that Act.
In this section—“the 1971 Act” means the National Savings Bank Act 1971;“enactment” includes—an enactment contained in the 1971 Act, and subordinate legislation (which has the same meaning as in the Interpretation Act 1978).
Final provisions
In this Act—“ALDA 1979” means the Alcoholic Liquor Duties Act 1979,“BGDA 1981” means the Betting and Gaming Duties Act 1981,“CAA 2001” means the Capital Allowances Act 2001,“CRCA 2005” means the Commissioners for Revenue and Customs Act 2005,“CTA 2009” means the Corporation Tax Act 2009,“CTA 2010” means the Corporation Tax Act 2010,“FISMA 2000” means the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000,“HODA 1979” means the Hydrocarbon Oil Duties Act 1979,“ICTA” means the Income and Corporation Taxes Act 1988,“IHTA 1984” means the Inheritance Tax Act 1984,“ITA 2007” means the Income Tax Act 2007,“ITEPA 2003” means the Income Tax (Earnings and Pensions) Act 2003,“ITTOIA 2005” means the Income Tax (Trading and Other Income) Act 2005,“OTA 1975” means the Oil Taxation Act 1975,“OTA 1983” means the Oil Taxation Act 1983,“PRTA 1980” means the Petroleum Revenue Tax Act 1980,“TCGA 1992” means the Taxation of Chargeable Gains Act 1992,“TIOPA 2010” means the Taxation (International and Other Provisions) Act 2010,“TMA 1970” means the Taxes Management Act 1970,“TPDA 1979” means the Tobacco Products Duty Act 1979,“VATA 1994” means the Value Added Tax Act 1994, and“VERA 1994” means the Vehicle Excise and Registration Act 1994.
In this Act—“FA”, followed by a year, means the Finance Act of that year, and“F(No.2)A”, followed by a year, means the Finance (No.2) Act of that year.
Omit all of the entries in those tables relating to a Finance Act or a Finance (No.2) Act.
In the following provisions, for “the Finance Act” substitute “ FA ”
Accordingly, omit—
in FA 2004, in Schedule 35, paragraphs 49 and 65(2),
in F(No.2)A 2005, section 10(7),
in FA 2006, section 84(4), and
in FA 2008, in Schedule 25, paragraph 6.
This Act may be cited as the Finance Act 2009.
Income tax: abolition of non-residents' personal reliefs
Introduction
Chapter 1 of Part 7 of ICTA (income tax: personal reliefs) is amended as follows.
Abolition of reliefs
Omit—
section 256 (general),
section 256A (“adjusted net income”),
section 256B (“the minimum amount”),
section 257 (personal allowance),
sections 257A to 257BB (married couple's allowance etc),
section 257C (indexation),
section 265 (blind person's allowance),
section 273 (payments securing annuities), and
section 278 (non-residents).
Consequential amendments
Section 266 (life assurance premiums) is amended as follows.
In subsection (1)—
for “individual” substitute “ eligible individual ”, and
omit “or makes a payment falling within subsection (7) below”.
After that subsection insert—
In subsection (3), omit “(7),”.
In subsection (4), for “subsections (7) and” substitute “ subsection ”.
Omit subsection (7).
In subsection (8), for “and is entitled to relief by virtue of section 278(2) or (2ZA)” substitute “ (but is entitled to relief by virtue of subsection (1A)(b)) ”.
Section 274 (limits on relief under sections 266 and 273) is amended as follows.
In subsection (1), omit “or other sums”.
In subsection (2)—
for “sections 266 and 273” substitute “ section 266 ”, and
omit “or sums”, and
for “the appropriate rate” substitute “ 12.5% ”.
Omit subsection (3).
In subsection (4), omit “or other sum” (in both places).
In the heading, for “sections 266 and 273” substitute “ section 266 ”.
In paragraph 6(1) of Schedule 14 (provisions ancillary to section 266), omit “, otherwise than in accordance with subsection (7) of that section,”.
Repeals
Omit—
in TMA 1970—
in section 36(3A), “section 257BA of the principal Act or”,
in section 37A, “section 257BB or 265 of the principal Act or”, and
in section 43A(2A)(a), “section 257BA of the principal Act or”,
in FA 1988, section 33 and, in Schedule 3, paragraphs 8 and 10,
in FA 1989, section 33(4)(a), (5)(b), (8)(a) and (9)(b),
in F(No.2)A 1992, in Schedule 5, paragraphs 2, 8(4) and 9(3),
in FA 1993, section 107(3)(a),
in FA 1996, in Schedule 20, paragraph 14(3) and, in Schedule 21, paragraphs 4 to 6,
in FA 1997, section 56(2),
in FA 1998, section 27(1)(a) and, in Schedule 3, paragraph 10,
in FA 2000, section 39(8) and (9),
in ITEPA 2003, in Schedule 6, paragraph 35,
in FA 2004, in Schedule 35, paragraph 12,
in ITTOIA 2005, in Schedule 1, paragraph 124,
in ITA 2007—
in section 23, in Step 3, “or section 257 or 265 of ICTA”,
in sections 26(1)(a) and 27(5), “or section 257A, 257AB, 257BA or 257BB of ICTA”,
in section 423(5), “or section 257 or 265 of ICTA”, “or section 257A, 257AB, 257BA or 257BB of ICTA”, “or section 266(7) of ICTA” and “or section 273 of ICTA”,
in section 811, in subsection (5), “or section 278(2) of ICTA” and, in subsection (6), “or section 257 or 265 of ICTA”, “or section 257A, 257AB, 257BA or 257BB of ICTA” and “or section 273 of ICTA”,
in section 833(5), “or section 278 of ICTA”,
in Schedule 1, paragraphs 27 to 35, 36(5) and (6), 37 and 232(2), and
in Schedule 2, Part 4,
in FA 2008—
in section 3, in subsection (1), “and section 257(2) of ICTA” and “and section 257(3) of ICTA” and, in subsection (2), paragraph (b) and the “and” before it, and
in Schedule 39, paragraphs 18 to 20, and
Commencement
The amendments made by this Schedule have effect for the tax year 2010-11 and subsequent tax years.
Income tax rates
Amendments of ITA 2007
ITA 2007 is amended as follows.
Section 6 (rates of income tax) is amended as follows.
In subsection (2), for “and higher rate” substitute “ , higher rate and additional rate ”.
In the heading, for “and higher rate” substitute “ , higher rate and additional rate ”.
Section 8 (dividend ordinary rate and dividend upper rate) is amended as follows.
Insert at the end—
In the heading, for “and dividend upper rate” substitute “ , dividend upper rate and dividend additional rate ”.
Section 10 (income charged at basic and higher rates: individuals) is amended as follows.
In subsection (3), insert at the end “and up to the higher rate limit.”
After that subsection insert—
After subsection (5) insert—
In subsection (6), for “is” substitute “ and higher rate limit are ”.
In the heading, for “and higher” substitute “ , higher and additional ”.
Section 13 (income charged at dividend ordinary and dividend upper rates: individuals) is amended as follows.
After subsection (2) insert—
In subsection (3), for “and (2)” substitute “ to (2A) ”.
In subsection (4), for “or higher” substitute “ , higher or additional ”.
In the heading, for “and dividend upper” substitute “ , dividend upper and dividend additional ”.
In section 414(2)(b) (relief for gifts to charity), after “limit” insert “ and the higher rate limit ”.
In section 515(a) (rate of tax in respect of heritage maintenance settlements), for “higher rate” substitute “ additional rate ”.
Section 989 (definitions) is amended as follows.
After the definition of “Act” insert—.
After the definition of “distribution” insert—.
After the definition of “higher rate” insert—.
Schedule 4 (index of defined expressions) is amended as follows.
After the entry relating to “Act” insert—
In the entry relating to “basic rate limit”, for “20(2)” substitute “ 10 ”.
After the entry relating to “dividends (in Chapter 1 of Part 13)” insert—
After the entry relating to “higher rate” insert—
Amendments of other Acts
FA 2004
Part 4 of FA 2004 (pension schemes etc) is amended as follows.
In section 192 (relief for pension contributions at source), for subsection (4) substitute—
In section 208 (unauthorised payments charge), for subsection (6) substitute—
In section 209 (unauthorised payments surcharge), for subsection (7) substitute—
In section 215 (amount of lifetime allowance charge), after subsection (2) insert—
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
In section 240 (amount of scheme sanction charge), after subsection (3) insert—
In section 242 (de-registration charge), insert at the end—
Section 282 (orders and regulations) is amended as follows.
After subsection (1) insert—
In subsection (2), after “Part” insert “ , if made without a draft having been approved by a resolution of the House of Commons, ”.
ITTOIA 2005
ITTOIA 2005 is amended as follows.
In section 640(6)(b) (grossing-up of deemed income)—
omit the “and” at the end of sub-paragraph (i), and
insert at the end
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
In section 685A(3) (settlor-interested settlements), for “higher rate” substitute “ additional rate ”.
Part 2 of Schedule 4 (index of defined expressions) is amended as follows.
After the entry relating to “acquisition expenditure (in Chapter 9 of Part 2)” insert—
After the entry relating to “distribution” insert—
F(No.2)A 2005
In section 7(5) of F(No.2)A 2005 (charge to income tax on social security pension lump sum)—
in paragraph (d), after “basic rate limit for that year” insert “ but does not exceed the higher rate limit for that year ”, and
after that paragraph insert—
Commencement
The powers conferred by the amendments made by this Schedule may be exercised at any time on or after the day on which this Act is passed but not so as to make provision having effect before the tax year 2010-11.
Subject to that, the amendments made by this Schedule have effect for the tax year 2010-11 and subsequent tax years.
VAT: supplementary charge and orders changing rate
Supplementary charge to VAT
The charge
There is a supplementary charge on a supply of goods or services that is treated as taking place on or after 25 November 2008 if—
the supply spans the date of the VAT change,
it is subject to VAT at the rate in force under section 2 of VATA 1994,
the person to whom the supply is made is not entitled under VATA 1994 to credit for, or the repayment or refund of, all of the VAT on the supply, and
a relevant condition is met.
In this Schedule “the date of the VAT change” means 1 January 2010.
For the cases in which a supply, other than the grant of a right to goods or services, spans the date of the VAT change and the relevant conditions in relation to such a supply, see paragraph 2.
For the cases in which a supply consisting of the grant of a right to goods or services spans the date of the VAT change and the relevant conditions in relation to such a supply, see paragraph 3.
Sub-paragraph (1) has effect subject to the exceptions made by or under Part 2 of this Schedule.
In this Schedule—Part 3 contains provision about liability for, and the amount of, a supplementary charge under this Schedule, Part 4 contains special provision about listed supplies, and Part 5 contains provision about administration and interpretation.
A supplementary charge under this Schedule is to be treated for all purposes as if it were value added tax charged in accordance with VATA 1994.
Supply spanning the date of the VAT change
For the purposes of this Schedule a supply of goods or services spans the date of the VAT change where—
by virtue of the issue of a VAT invoice or the receipt of a payment by the person making the supply (“the supplier”), the supply is treated as taking place before the date of the VAT change, but
the basic time of supply (see paragraph 4) is on or after the date of the VAT change.
The relevant conditions are—
in relation to a supply that is within sub-paragraph (1)(a) by virtue of the issue of a VAT invoice, conditions A to D, and
in relation to a supply that is within sub-paragraph (1)(a) by virtue of the receipt of a payment, conditions A to C.
Condition A is that the supplier and the person to whom the supply is made are connected with each other at any time in the period—
beginning with the day on which the supply is treated as taking place, and
ending on the date of the VAT change.
Paragraph 5 modifies condition A in cases involving a series of supplies.
Condition B is that the aggregate of the following is more than £100,000—
the relevant consideration for the supply, and
the relevant consideration for every related supply of goods or services (including every related grant of a right to goods or services) that spans the date of the VAT change (see paragraph 6).
Condition C is that a prepayment in respect of the supply is financed by the supplier or a person connected with the supplier (see paragraph 7).
In sub-paragraph (6) “prepayment”, in respect of a supply, means a payment that is received by the supplier before the basic time of supply.
Condition D is that full payment of the amount shown on the VAT invoice referred to in sub-paragraph (1)(a) is not due before the end of the period of 6 months beginning with the date on which the invoice is issued.
This paragraph does not apply in relation to a supply consisting of the grant of a right to goods or services (see paragraph 3).
Grant of right spanning the date of the VAT change
For the purposes of this Schedule a supply consisting of the grant by a person (“the grantor”) of a right to goods or services spans the date of the VAT change where—
that supply is treated as taking place before the date of the VAT change,
the goods or services are to be supplied at a discount or free of charge, and
the basic time of supply for the supply of some or all of the goods or services (see paragraph 4) is on or after the date of the VAT change.
In relation to the grant of the right, the relevant conditions are conditions A to C.
Condition A is that the grantor and the person to whom the right is granted are connected with each other at any time in the period—
beginning with the day on which the supply consisting of the grant of the right is treated as taking place, and
ending on the date of the VAT change or, if the right is exercised (entirely or partly) on a later date, that date (or, if more than one, the first of those dates).
Paragraph 5 modifies condition A in cases involving a series of supplies.
Condition B is that the aggregate of the following is more than £100,000—
the relevant consideration for the grant of the right, and
the relevant consideration for every related supply of goods or services (including every related grant of a right to goods or services) that spans the date of the VAT change (see paragraph 6).
Condition C is that the payment made in respect of the grant of the right is financed by the grantor or a person connected with the grantor (see paragraph 7).
In this Schedule references to a right to goods or services include—
any right or option with respect to such goods or services, and
any interest deriving from such a right or option.
“Basic time of supply”
In this Schedule the “basic time of supply” is the time given by subsection (2) or (3) of section 6 of VATA 1994 (disregarding subsections (4) to (14) of that section).
Sub-paragraph (1) does not apply in relation to listed supplies (see Part 4 of this Schedule).
Series of supplies
This paragraph applies where—
the supply or grant of a right referred to in paragraph 2 or 3 (“the affected supply or grant”) is one of a series of supplies of, or grants of a right to, the same or substantially the same goods or services, and
each of the supplies, and the grants of a right, in the series was or will be made in the expectation that the affected supply or grant would or will take place.
In condition A in paragraphs 2 and 3 the references to the supplier and the grantor include any person who makes one of the supplies or grants one of the rights in the series.
“Relevant consideration” and “related” supplies
This paragraph applies for the purposes of condition B in paragraphs 2 and 3.
“Relevant consideration” means—but does not include any amount in respect of VAT.
in relation to a supply that is within paragraph 2(1) by virtue of the issue of a VAT invoice, the amount shown on that invoice,
in relation to a supply that is within paragraph 2(1) by virtue of the receipt of a payment, the amount of that payment, and
in relation to a grant of a right to goods or services within paragraph 3(1), the consideration for the grant of the right,
A supply within paragraph 2(1), or a grant of a right within paragraph 3(1), is related to another such supply or grant if they are both made as part of the same scheme.
“Scheme” includes any arrangements, transaction or series of transactions.
Financing
This paragraph applies for the purposes of condition C in paragraphs 2 and 3.
A payment is financed by a person if, directly or indirectly, the person—
provides funds to enable the person to whom the supply is made to make the whole or part of the payment (whether the funds are provided before or after the payment is made),
procures the provision of such funds by another person,
provides funds for discharging (in whole or in part) any liability that has been or may be incurred by any person for or in connection with raising funds to enable the person to whom the supply is made to make the payment, or
procures that any such liability is or will be discharged (in whole or in part) by another person.
In sub-paragraph (2) the references to providing funds for a purpose are to—
making a loan of funds that are or are to be used for that purpose,
providing a guarantee or other security in relation to such a loan,
providing consideration for the issue of shares or other securities issued wholly or partly for raising those funds,
providing consideration for the acquisition by any person of any such shares or securities, or
any other transfer of assets or value as a consequence of which any of those funds are made available for that purpose.
Connected persons
Section 1122 of CTA 2010 (connected persons) applies for the purposes of this Schedule.
Receipt of payments
In this Schedule a reference to receipt of a payment by the person making a supply or granting a right (however expressed) includes a reference to receipt by a person to whom a right to receive it has been assigned.
Power to change relevant conditions
The Treasury may by order amend this Part of this Schedule by adding, modifying or omitting relevant conditions.
An order under this paragraph—
may make different provision for different cases, and
may make incidental or consequential amendments of this Schedule.
Supplies treated as taking place before 31 March 2009
In relation to supplies treated as taking place before 31 March 2009, this Schedule has effect as if—
paragraphs 2(5), 3(5) and 6 (condition B) and all references to condition B were omitted,
in paragraph 2(6) (condition C), the words “or a person connected with the supplier” were omitted, and
in paragraph 3(6) (condition C), the words “or a person connected with the grantor” were omitted.
Exceptions
Letting etc of assets
This paragraph applies in relation to a supply within paragraph 2 which arises from the letting, hiring or rental of assets.
There is no supplementary charge under this Schedule if—
the period to which the VAT invoice or payment referred to in paragraph 2(1) relates does not exceed 12 months, and
the VAT invoice is issued, or the payment is received, in accordance with normal commercial practice in relation to the letting, hiring or rental of such assets.
Condition B cases involving normal commercial practice
There is no supplementary charge under this Schedule on a supply of goods or services within paragraph 2 or a grant of a right to goods or services within paragraph 3 if—
the only relevant condition met is condition B, and
the supply is made, or the right is granted, in accordance with normal commercial practice in relation to the supply of, or the grant of a right to, such goods or services.
Normal commercial practice
In this Part of this Schedule “normal commercial practice” means normal commercial practice at a time when an increase in the rate of VAT in force under section 2 of VATA 1994 is not expected.
Further exceptions
The Treasury may by order provide that there is no supplementary charge under this Schedule on supplies (including grants of rights to goods or services) of a description specified in the order.
An order under this paragraph may make provision having effect in relation to supplies of goods or services that are treated as taking place on or after 25 November 2008 or a later date.
Liability and amount
Liability
A supplementary charge under this Schedule on a supply within paragraph 2—
is a liability of the supplier (subject to sub-paragraph (3)), and
becomes due on the date of the VAT change (rather than at the time of supply).
A supplementary charge under this Schedule on a supply consisting of the grant of a right to goods or services within paragraph 3—
is a liability of the grantor (subject to sub-paragraph (3)), and
becomes due on the first occasion on or after the date of the VAT change on which the right is exercised (rather than at the time the right is granted).
If, on the date on which the supplementary charge becomes due, the person who would be liable to pay the charge under sub-paragraph (1) or (2)—the supplementary charge is a liability of the representative member of the group.
is not a taxable person, but
is treated as a member of a group under sections 43A to 43D of VATA 1994,
Amount
The amount of the supplementary charge on a supply within paragraph 2 is equal to the difference between—
the amount of VAT chargeable on the supply apart from this Schedule, and
the amount of VAT that would be chargeable on the supply if it were subject to VAT at the rate of 17.5%.
The amount of the supplementary charge on a grant of a right to goods or services within paragraph 3 is equal to the difference between—(but see sub-paragraph (3)).
the amount of VAT chargeable on the grant of the right apart from this Schedule, and
the amount of VAT that would be chargeable on the grant of the right if it were subject to VAT at the rate of 17.5%,
If the basic time of supply for some of those goods and services is before the date of the VAT change, sub-paragraph (2) has effect as if the references to the amount of VAT chargeable and to the amount of VAT that would be chargeable were references to the relevant proportion of each of those amounts.
“The relevant proportion” is—P W where—P is so much of the consideration for the grant of the right as is attributable on a just and reasonable basis to a right to the goods and services for which the basic time of supply is on or after the date of the VAT change, and W is the whole of the consideration for the grant of the right.
Listed supplies
“Listed supply”
In this Schedule “listed supply” means a supply falling within sub-paragraph (2)—
which is made for a consideration the whole or part of which is determined or payable periodically or from time to time, and
which is treated as taking place by virtue of the issue of a VAT invoice or the receipt of a payment by the person making the supply.
The following supplies fall within this sub-paragraph—
a supply of services,
a supply arising from the grant of a major interest in land,
a supply of water other than—
distilled water, deionised water or water of similar purity, or
bottled water,
a supply of—
coal gas, water gas, producer gases or similar gases, or
petroleum gases, or other gaseous hydrocarbons, in a gaseous state,
a supply of power, heat, refrigeration or ventilation, and
a supply of goods together with services in the course of the construction, alteration, demolition, repair or maintenance of a building or civil engineering work.
The Treasury may by order amend sub-paragraph (2) by—
adding or omitting any description of supply, or
varying any description of supply for the time being listed in that sub-paragraph.
“Basic time of supply”: listed supplies
For the purposes of this Schedule, in relation to a listed supply, “the basic time of supply” is the end of the period to which the VAT invoice or payment mentioned in paragraph 18(1) relates, except as provided in sub-paragraphs (2) and (4).
Where the person making the supply issues an invoice—
in respect of part of the listed supply to which the VAT invoice or payment mentioned in paragraph 18(1) relates, and
for a period (a “billing period”) ending before the end of the period to which that VAT invoice or payment relates,“the basic time of supply”, in relation to that part of the supply, is the end of the billing period.
For the purposes of sub-paragraph (2) the listed supply (and the consideration for the supply) must be apportioned between periods on a just and reasonable basis.
Where a listed supply is treated as taking place by virtue of—
the issue by the person making the supply of a VAT invoice relating to a premium for the grant of a tenancy or lease, or
the receipt by the person making the supply of such a premium,“the basic time of supply” is the date of the grant of the tenancy or lease.
Administration and interpretation
Person ceasing to be taxable person before supplementary charge due
This paragraph applies if, on the date on which a supplementary charge under this Schedule becomes due (“the due date”), the person who is liable to pay the charge under paragraph 16 is not a taxable person.
The supplementary charge must be accounted for by that person in accordance with VATA 1994 (and regulations made under that Act) as if it were VAT due in the last period for which the person was required to make a return by or under VATA 1994.
If an amount assessed as due by way of supplementary charge under this Schedule would (in the absence of this sub-paragraph) carry interest from a date earlier than the due date, it is to be treated as only carrying interest from the due date.
Adjustment of contracts following the VAT change
This paragraph applies where—
a contract for the supply of goods or services is made before the date of the VAT change, and
there is a supplementary charge under this Schedule on the supply.
The consideration for the supply is to be increased by an amount equal to the supplementary charge, unless the contract provides otherwise.
Invoices
Regulations under paragraph 2A of Schedule 11 to VATA 1994 (VAT invoices) may make provision about the provision, replacement or correction of invoices in connection with a supplementary charge under this Schedule.
Orders under this Schedule
An order under this Schedule is to be made by statutory instrument.
A statutory instrument containing an order under this Schedule is subject to annulment in pursuance of a resolution of the House of Commons, unless it is an instrument to which sub-paragraph (4) applies.
Sub-paragraph (4) applies to a statutory instrument containing an order made under paragraph 10 (or under that paragraph and under other provisions) which extends the supplies that are subject to a supplementary charge under this Schedule.
An instrument to which this sub-paragraph applies—
must be laid before the House of Commons, and
ceases to have effect at the end of the period of 28 days beginning with the day on which it was made unless it is approved during that period by a resolution of the House of Commons.
In reckoning the period of 28 days no account is to be taken of any time during which Parliament is dissolved or prorogued or during which the House of Commons is adjourned for more than 4 days.
The order ceasing to have effect does not affect—
anything previously done under it, or
the making of a new order.
Interpretation: general
Expressions used in this Schedule and in VATA 1994 have the same meaning in this Schedule as in that Act.
In this Schedule—
“treated as taking place” means treated as taking place for the purposes of the charge to VAT, and
references to the person by or to whom a supply is made (however expressed) are to the person by or to whom the supply is treated as being made for the purposes of VATA 1994.
Amendments of VATA 1994
VATA 1994 is amended as follows.
In section 2(2) (orders increasing or decreasing rate of VAT), after “such order” insert “ that has not previously expired or been revoked ”.
In section 97 (orders, rules and regulations), after subsection (4) insert—
Vehicle excise duty: further provision about rates of duty etc
VERA 1994 is amended as follows.
Section 3 (duration of licences) is amended as follows.
In subsection (4)(b), for “a licence taken out on the first registration under this Act of” substitute “ the first vehicle licence for ”.
Insert at the end—
Section 19 (rebates) is amended as follows.
In subsection (1), for “from the Secretary of State the amount specified in subsection (2)” substitute “ the relevant amount from the Secretary of State ”.
Omit subsection (2).
After subsection (3) insert—
Section 62 (definitions) is amended as follows.
In subsection (1), after the definition of “exempt vehicle” insert—.
After subsection (1A) insert—
Schedule 1 (annual rates of duty) is amended as follows.
In paragraph 1A (vehicles to which Part 1A applies)—insert “, under this Act or under the law of a country or territory outside the United Kingdom,”.
in sub-paragraph (1)(a), after “registered”, and
in sub-paragraph (5), after “registration”,
In paragraph 1C (the reduced rate)—
in sub-paragraph (3)(a), after “registration” insert “ , under this Act or under the law of a country or territory outside the United Kingdom, ”,
in sub-paragraph (3)(b), for “its” substitute “ that ”, and
in sub-paragraph (4), after “registration” insert “ under this Act ”.
In paragraph 1H (vehicles to which Part 1B applies)—insert “, under this Act or under the law of a country or territory outside the United Kingdom,”.
in sub-paragraph (1)(a), after “registered”, and
in sub-paragraph (3), after “registration”,
In paragraph 1K(a) (pre-2007 lower-emission vans), after “registered” insert “ , under this Act or under the law of a country or territory outside the United Kingdom, ”.
In paragraph 1M(a) (post-2008 lower-emission vans), after “registered” insert “ , under this Act or under the law of a country or territory outside the United Kingdom, ”.
Paragraph 25 of Schedule 2 (exempt vehicles: light passenger vehicles with low CO 2 emissions) is re-numbered as sub-paragraph (1) of that paragraph.
After that sub-paragraph insert—
The amendments made by this Schedule have effect in relation to licences taken out on or after 1 April 2010.
But the amendments made by paragraph 5 do not have effect in relation to vehicles first registered under this Act before that date.
Air passenger duty
Amendments
Chapter 4 of Part 1 of FA 1994 (air passenger duty) is amended as follows.
Section 30 (rates of duty) is amended as follows.
After subsection (8) insert—
Omit subsections (9) to (9B).
For section 39 substitute—
In section 42(4) (orders), after “chargeable passengers” insert “ , or to increase the rate of air passenger duty to be charged on the carriage of any chargeable passengers whose journeys end in any place, ”.
After Schedule 5 insert—
Consequential repeals
In consequence of the amendments made by section 17 and this Schedule, omit—
in FA 1995, section 15,
in FA 2000, in section 18—
subsections (1) to (5), and
subsection (7),
in FA 2002, section 121, and
in FA 2007, section 12.
Commencement etc
The amendments made by paragraphs 2(3) and 6(a), (b)(i), (c) and (d) have effect in relation to the carriage of passengers beginning on or after 1 November 2009.
No agreement for Chapter 4 of Part 1 of FA 1994 to have effect in relation to a registered operator in accordance with a special accounting scheme pursuant to section 39 of FA 1994 as substituted by paragraph 3 may be made so as to have effect as respects the carriage of passengers beginning before 1 November 2009.
Nothing in this Schedule affects the continuing operation of, or of schemes prepared under, that section as it has effect immediately before this Act is passed as respects the carriage of passengers beginning before 1 November 2009.
Temporary extension of carry back of losses
Income tax
A person who has made a loss in a trade in the tax year 2008-09 or 2009-10 may make a claim for relief under this paragraph if—
relief is available to the person under section 64 of ITA 2007 (trade loss relief against general income) in relation to an amount of the loss (“the section 64 amount”), and
condition A or B is met.
Condition A is that the person makes a claim under that section for relief in respect of the section 64 amount—
where it is a loss made in the tax year 2008-09, for either or both of the tax years 2007-08 and 2008-09, or
where it is a loss made in the tax year 2009-10, for either or both of the tax years 2008-09 and 2009-10.
Condition B is that—the person's total income is nil or does not include any income from which a deduction could be made in pursuance of a claim under that section for relief in respect of the section 64 amount.
where it is a loss made in the tax year 2008-09, for the tax years 2007-08 and 2008-09, or
where it is a loss made in the tax year 2009-10, for the tax years 2008-09 and 2009-10,
The amount of the loss that may be relieved under this paragraph (“the deductible amount”) is—(but see sub-paragraph (12)).
in a case where condition A is met, so much of the section 64 amount as cannot be relieved pursuant to the claim under section 64 of ITA 2007, and
in a case where condition B is met, the whole of the section 64 amount,
A claim for relief under this paragraph is for the deductible amount to be deducted (in accordance with sub-paragraph (6) and with whichever is applicable of sub-paragraphs (7), (8), (9) and (10))—
where it is a loss made in the tax year 2008-09, in either or both of the following ways—
in computing the person's total income for either or both of the tax years 2005-06 and 2006-07 in accordance with section 835 of ICTA, and
where it is a loss made in the tax year 2009-10, in either or both of the following ways—
in computing the person's total income for the tax year 2006-07 in accordance with section 835 of ICTA, and
A deduction is to be made only from profits of the trade (and accordingly, in relation to the tax years 2007-08 and 2008-09, subsection (2) of section 25 of ITA 2007 has effect as if this sub-paragraph were included in subsection (3) of that section).
This sub-paragraph explains how the deductions are to be made in a case where the loss is made in the tax year 2008-09 and the person makes a claim under section 64 of ITA 2007 for relief in respect of the section 64 amount for the tax year 2007-08. Step 1 Deduct the deductible amount from the profits of the trade for the tax year 2006-07. Step 2 Deduct from the profits of the trade for the tax year 2005-06 so much of the deductible amount as has not been deducted under Step 1.
This sub-paragraph explains how the deductions are to be made in any other case where the loss is made in the tax year 2008-09. Step 1 Deduct the deductible amount from the profits of the trade for the tax year 2007-08. Step 2 Deduct from the profits of the trade for the tax year 2006-07 so much of the deductible amount as has not been deducted under Step 1. Step 3 Deduct from the profits of the trade for the tax year 2005-06 so much of the deductible amount as has not been deducted under Step 1 or 2.
This sub-paragraph explains how the deductions are to be made in a case where the loss is made in the tax year 2009-10 and the person makes a claim under section 64 of ITA 2007 for relief in respect of the section 64 amount for the tax year 2008-09. Step 1 Deduct the deductible amount from the profits of the trade for the tax year 2007-08. Step 2 Deduct from the profits of the trade for the tax year 2006-07 so much of the deductible amount as has not been deducted under Step 1.
This sub-paragraph explains how the deductions are to be made in any other case where the loss is made in the tax year 2009-10. Step 1 Deduct the deductible amount from the profits of the trade for the tax year 2008-09. Step 2 Deduct from the profits of the trade for the tax year 2007-08 so much of the deductible amount as has not been deducted under Step 1. Step 3 Deduct from the profits of the trade for the tax year 2006-07 so much of the deductible amount as has not been deducted under Step 1 or 2.
The provision made by the preceding provisions means that the following sections of ITA 2007 apply in relation to relief under this paragraph as in relation to relief under section 64 of that Act—
sections 74ZA to 74D (general restrictions on relief),
section 80 (restrictions on those reliefs in relation to ring fence income), ...
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
The total amount that may be deducted in accordance with sub-paragraph (7), or in accordance with Steps 2 and 3 in sub-paragraph (8), is limited to £50,000; and the total amount that may be deducted in accordance with sub-paragraph (9), or in accordance with Steps 2 and 3 in sub-paragraph (10), is also limited to £50,000.
A claim for relief under paragraph 1 must be made—
where the relief is in respect of a loss made in the tax year 2008-09, on or before the first anniversary of the normal self-assessment filing date for that tax year, and
where the relief is in respect of a loss made in the tax year 2009-10, on or before the first anniversary of the normal self-assessment filing date for that tax year.
Paragraph 1 applies to professions and vocations as it applies to trades.
Paragraph 1 is subject to paragraph 2 of Schedule 1B to TMA 1970 (claims for loss relief involving 2 or more years).
Subsections (1) to (3) of section 127 of that Act (UK furnished holiday lettings business treated as trade) have effect as if paragraph 1 were included in Part 4 of that Act.
Corporation tax
Sections 37(3)(b) and 38(1) and (3) of CTA 2010 (trade loss relief against profits of same or earlier accounting period) have effect in relation to any loss to which this paragraph applies as if the references to 12 months were references to 3 years (but subject as follows).
This paragraph applies to any loss incurred by a company in a trade in a relevant accounting period (but subject to sub-paragraph (3)); and a relevant accounting period is one ending after 23 November 2008 and before 24 November 2010.
The maximum amount of loss to which this paragraph applies in the case of any company is—and the overall limit or limits apply whether a loss is incurred by the company in only one relevant accounting period or losses are so incurred in more than one such period.
£50,000 in relation to losses incurred in relevant accounting periods ending after 23 November 2008 and before 24 November 2009, and
£50,000 in relation to losses incurred in relevant accounting periods ending after 23 November 2009 and before 24 November 2010;
Subject to that, if in the case of the company the length of a relevant accounting period is less than one year, the maximum amount of the loss incurred in that period that may be relieved under section 37 of CTA 2010 by virtue of this paragraph is the relevant proportion of £50,000.
“The relevant proportion” is—RAP Y where—RAP is the number of days in the relevant accounting period, and Y is 365.
The reference in subsection (2) of section 40 of CTA 2010 to the loss mentioned in subsection (1)(a) of that section (so far as not a terminal loss and so far as not exceeding the allowance mentioned in subsection (1)(b) of that section) (“the section 40 loss”) has effect in relation to a relevant accounting period as a reference to so much of the section 40 loss as exceeds that which can be set off under section 37 by virtue of this paragraph.
Contaminated and derelict land
Amendments of Part 14 of CTA 2009
Part 14 of CTA 2009 (remediation of contaminated land) is amended as follows.
In the heading of the Part, after “contaminated” insert “ or derelict ”.
Section 1143 (overview of Part) is amended as follows.
In subsection (1), after “contamination” insert “ or dereliction ”.
In subsection (7), after “contaminated” insert “ or derelict ”.
Section 1144 (“qualifying land remediation expenditure”) is amended as follows.
In subsection (1), for “E” substitute “ F ”.
In subsection (2), insert at the end “or a derelict state (see section 1145A)”.
In subsection (3), after “contaminated” insert “ or derelict ”.
For subsection (4) substitute—
In subsection (5), for paragraph (c) (and the “or” before it) substitute—
After subsection (6) insert—
For section 1145 substitute—
Section 1146 (“relevant land remediation”) is amended as follows.
In subsection (1)—
for “land remediation”, in relation to land” substitute “contaminated land remediation”, in relation to land which is in a contaminated state and in which a major interest has been”, and
for “and B” substitute “ to C ”.
In subsection (3)—
in paragraph (a), for “harm, or any pollution of controlled waters,” substitute “ relevant harm ”, and
omit paragraph (b) (and the “or” before it).
After that subsection insert—
In subsection (5), for the words after “(and only if)” substitute
In the heading, after “relevant” insert “ contaminated ”.
After that section insert—
In the heading of Chapter 2, after “contaminated” insert “ or derelict ”.
Section 1147 (deduction for capital expenditure) is amended as follows.
In subsection (2), after “that” insert “ a major interest in ”.
For subsection (3) substitute—
Section 1149 (additional deduction for qualifying land remediation expenditure) is amended as follows.
In subsection (2), after “that” insert “ a major interest in ”.
For subsection (3) substitute—
Section 1150 (no relief if company responsible for contamination) is amended as follows.
The existing provision becomes subsection (1) of that section.
In that subsection, for “state if the land is in that” substitute “ or derelict state if the land is in a contaminated or derelict ”.
After that subsection insert—
In the heading, insert at the end “or dereliction or polluter has interest”.
Section 1161 (relief in respect of I minus E basis: enhanced expenses payable) is amended as follows.
In subsection (2), after “that” insert “ a major interest in ”.
For subsection (3) substitute—
In subsection (4)—
for “Chapter 4” substitute “ land remediation ”, and
omit “(see section 1162)”.
Omit subsection (5).
In subsection (6), omit “150% of”.
In the heading, omit “enhanced”.
In the heading before the section omit “for qualifying Chapter 4 expenditure”.
For section 1162 substitute—
Section 1163 (no relief if company responsible for contamination) is amended as follows.
The existing provision becomes subsection (1) of that section.
In that subsection—
after “1161” insert “ or 1162 ”, and
for “state if the land is in that” substitute “ or derelict state if the land is in a contaminated or derelict ”.
After that subsection insert—
In the heading, insert at the end “or dereliction or polluter has interest”.
In section 1165(1)(a) (meaning of “qualifying life assurance business loss”), after “1161” insert “ or 1162 ”.
In section 1169(2)(c) and (3)(c) (artificially inflated claims for relief), after “1161” insert “ or 1162 ”.
Section 1173 (expenditure incurred because of contamination) is amended as follows.
In subsections (1) and (2), after “contaminated” insert “ or derelict ”.
For subsection (3) substitute—
In the heading, insert at the end “or dereliction”.
Omit section 1174 (sub-contractor payments: introductory).
Section 1175 (“qualifying expenditure on sub-contracted land remediation”: connected persons) is amended as follows.
After subsection (1) insert—
In subsection (2), for “sub-contracted land remediation” substitute “connected sub-contracted land remediation” for the purposes of section 1144(5)”.
In subsection (3)—
in paragraph (a), after “carrying on” insert “ or arranging for carrying on ”, and
in paragraph (c) for “incurred on” substitute “ in respect of ”.
For the heading substitute “Connected sub-contractors”.
Omit section 1176 (“qualifying expenditure on sub-contracted land remediation”: other cases).
In section 1178 (persons having a “relevant connection” to a company)—
after “contaminated” insert “ or derelict ”, and
in paragraph (b), after “when” insert “ a major interest in ”.
After section 1178 insert—
In section 1179 (definitions), omit the definitions of “harm” and “land” and the definition of “substance” (apart from the “and” at the end).
Amendments of other enactments
ICTA
In section 76(7) of ICTA (expenses of insurance companies), in step 3—
for “1161” substitute “ 1162 ”,
for “150%” substitute “ 50% additional ”, and
after “contaminated” insert “ or derelict ”.
FA 1998
In Schedule 18 to FA 1998 (company tax returns etc), in the heading of Part 9B, after “contaminated” insert “ or derelict ”.
CTA 2009
Schedule 4 to CTA 2009 (index of expressions) is amended as follows.
After the entry relating to “deposit back arrangements” insert—
Omit the entries relating to “harm (in Part 14)” and “land (in Part 14)”.
After the entry relating to “major interest (in Chapter 12 of Part 8)” insert—
After the entry relating to “relevant consortium creditor relationship (in Chapter 7 of Part 5)” insert—
After the entry relating to “relevant debits (in Part 8)” insert—
Omit the references relating to “relevant land remediation (in Part 14)”, “sub-contractor payment (and sub-contractor) (in Chapter 6 of Part 14)” and “substance (in Part 14)”.
Commencement
Any power to make orders which is conferred on the Treasury by virtue of an amendment of CTA 2009 made by this Schedule may be exercised at any time after this Act is passed; and any order made by virtue of any such amendment before 6 April 2010 may make provision having effect in relation to expenditure incurred on or after 1 April 2009.
Subject to that, the amendments made by this Schedule have effect in relation to expenditure incurred on or after 1 April 2009; and for this purpose no account is to be taken of section 61 of CTA 2009 (earlier expenditure treated as incurred when trade started).
Venture capital schemes
Enterprise investment scheme
Schedule 5B to TCGA 1992 (enterprise investment scheme: re-investment) is amended as follows.
Paragraph 1(2) (application of Schedule) is amended as follows.
For paragraphs (g) and (h) substitute.
In the words following the paragraphs, for “conditions in paragraphs (g) and (h) above do” substitute “ condition in paragraph (g) above does ”.
Paragraph 1A (failure of conditions of application) is amended as follows.
In sub-paragraph (4)—
omit “or (h)”, and
for “sub-paragraph (4A) below” substitute “ section 175(3) of ITA 2007 ”.
Omit sub-paragraph (4A).
Paragraph 9 (other reconstructions and amalgamations) is amended as follows.
For sub-paragraph (1) substitute—
In sub-paragraph (2), for “Sub-paragraph (1) above shall not have effect to disapply section 135 or 136 where” substitute “ Sub-paragraph (1A) does not apply if ”.
For sub-paragraph (3) substitute—
In paragraph 16 (information), omit sub-paragraph (4A).
Section 158 of ITA 2007 (form and amount of EIS relief) is amended as follows.
In subsection (4), omit—
“Subject to subsection (5),”, and
“before 6 October”.
Omit subsection (5).
Section 175 of that Act (use of money raised requirement) is amended as follows.
For subsection (1) substitute—
In subsection (2), for “requirements in subsection (1)(a) and (b) do” substitute “ requirement in subsection (1) does ”.
In subsection (3)—
for “subsection (1)(a)” substitute “ subsection (1) ”, and
for “12 months” (in both places) substitute “ two years ”.
Corporate venturing scheme
Paragraph 36 of Schedule 15 to FA 2000 (corporate venturing scheme: requirement as to money raised) is amended as follows.
In sub-paragraph (1), for “At least 80%” substitute “ All ”.
Omit sub-paragraph (1A).
In sub-paragraph (1B), for “12 months” (in both places) substitute “ two years ”.
In sub-paragraph (1C), for “Sub-paragraphs (1) and (1A) are” substitute “ Sub-paragraph (1) is ”.
In sub-paragraph (5) omit “does not apply and the requirement of sub-paragraph (1A)”.
Venture Capital Trusts
Section 293 of ITA 2007 (use of money raised requirement) is amended as follows.
For subsection (1) substitute—
Omit subsections (2) to (4).
Consequential repeals
In consequence of the amendments made by paragraphs 2, 3 and 5, omit—
in FA 2001, in Schedule 15, paragraphs 26 to 28,
in FA 2004, in Schedule 18, paragraph 13(1)(f), and
in ITA 2007, in Schedule 1, paragraph 345(2)(b), (3)(a) and (13)(b).
Commencement
The amendments made by paragraphs 2, 3, 5, 7, 8 and 10 have effect in relation to shares issued on or after 22 April 2009.
The amendments made by paragraph 4 have effect in relation to—
any exchange of shares to which section 135 of TCGA 1992 applies, where the new holding is issued on or after 22 April 2009, and
any arrangement within section 136(1) of that Act entered into on or after that date.
The amendments made by paragraph 6 have effect as follows.
The amendments made by sub-paragraph (2) have effect in relation to shares issued in the tax year 2009-10 or a subsequent tax year.
The amendment made by sub-paragraph (3) has effect in relation to claims made under section 158(4) of ITA 2007 in respect of shares issued in the tax year 2009-10 or a subsequent tax year.
The amendments made by paragraph 9 have effect in relation to shares or securities issued on or after 22 April 2009.
Group relief: preference shares
Amendments of Schedule 18 to ICTA
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Commencement
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Election to opt out of changes in relation to pre-existing etc shares
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Paragraph 2(7) of Schedule 25 to ICTA
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sale of lessor companies etc: reforms
Introduction
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Paragraph 7
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Paragraph 13A
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Paragraph 17
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Paragraph 23
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Paragraph 23A
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Paragraph 32
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Paragraph 39
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Commencement
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tax relief for business expenditure on cars and motor cycles
Capital allowances
Plant and machinery allowances for cars and motor cycles
Part 2 of CAA 2001 (plant and machinery allowances) is amended as follows.
In section 38B (general exclusions from AIA qualifying expenditure), in general exclusion 2, for “81” substitute “ 268A ”.
In section 46(2) (general exclusions from first year allowances), in general exclusion 2, for “81” substitute “ 268A ”.
In section 84 (cases in which short-life asset treatment is ruled out), in the Table, in item 3, in the first column, for “81” substitute “ 268A ”.
Section 104A (special rate expenditure) is amended as follows.
In subsection (1)—
in paragraph (a), after “the” insert “ first ”,
omit “and” at the end of paragraph (c), and
insert at the end
In subsection (2), after “The” insert “ first ”.
After that subsection insert—
After that section insert—
After section 104E insert—
After section 208 insert—
After section 268 insert—
Consequential amendments of CAA 2001
CAA 2001 is amended as follows.
In section 33 (personal security), omit subsection (7).
Section 45D (expenditure on cars with low carbon dioxide emissions) is amended as follows.
In subsection (1), for paragraph (c) substitute—.
In subsection (2), for “a car with low CO 2 emissions is a car which” substitute “ a car has low CO 2 emissions if it ”.
In subsection (3), for the words from “an EC certificate” to the end substitute “ a qualifying emissions certificate. ”
In subsection (4), for “in the case of” substitute “ in relation to ”.
Omit subsections (5) and (6).
In subsection (8)—
after “car” insert “ is to a car within the meaning of section 268A, except that it ”, and
omit paragraph (b) (and the “but” before it).
Omit subsections (9) and (10).
After subsection (10) insert—
In section 55(6) (determination of entitlement or liability), after “subject to” insert “ section 104F (special rate cars: discontinued activity continued by relevant company) and ”.
In section 65(3) (the final chargeable period), for “sections 77(1) and” substitute “ section ”.
In section 66 (list of provisions about disposal values)—
omit the entry in the list relating to section 79, and
insert at the appropriate place—.
In section 84 (cases in which short-life asset treatment is ruled out), the Table is amended as follows.
In item 3, for the words in the second column substitute “The car is a hire car for a disabled person (as defined by section 268D).”
In item 4, in the second column, insert “The expenditure is incurred on the provision of a car which is a hire car for a disabled person (as defined by section 268D)”.
In item 5, in the second column, for “within section 82(4) (cars hired out to persons receiving disability allowances etc)” substitute “ a hire car for a disabled person (as defined by section 268D) ”.
Section 86 (short-life assets) is amended as follows.
In subsection (2)(b), for “main pool” substitute “ appropriate pool ”.
After subsection (4) insert—
After section 268C (inserted by this Part of this Schedule) insert—
Part 2 of Schedule 1 (defined expressions) is amended as follows.
In the entry relating to “car (in Part 2)”, for “section 81” substitute “ section 268A ”.
Insert at the appropriate places—.
In Schedule 3 (transitionals and savings), omit paragraph 19 (cars above the cost threshold) and the headings immediately before it.
Consequential repeal
In consequence of the amendments made by this Part of this Schedule, in FA 2002, in Schedule 19, omit paragraph 6.
Commencement and transitionals: introduction
For the purposes of this Part of this Schedule—
the first relevant date is—
for corporation tax purposes, 1 April 2009, and
for income tax purposes, 6 April 2009,
the second relevant date is—
for corporation tax purposes, 1 August 2009, and
for income tax purposes, 6 August 2009, and
the third relevant date is—
for corporation tax purposes, 1 April 2014, and
for income tax purposes, 6 April 2014.
For the purposes of this Part of this Schedule “new expenditure” means—and expenditure that is not new expenditure is “old expenditure”.
expenditure incurred on or after the first relevant date, and
expenditure incurred before that date to which sub-paragraph (2) applies,
This sub-paragraph applies to expenditure if—
it is incurred under an agreement for the provision of a car entered into after 8 December 2008, and
under that agreement the car is not required to be made available before the second relevant date.
For the purposes of sub-paragraph (2) an agreement is entered into on the date on which the following conditions are met—
there is a contract in writing for the provision of the car,
the contract is unconditional or, if it is conditional, the conditions have been met, and
no terms remain to be agreed.
Commencement
The amendments made by this Part of this Schedule have effect in relation to new expenditure (subject to sub-paragraph (2)).
The repeal of section 79 of CAA 2001 and the amendments made by paragraphs 10 and 18 have effect in cases in which a person ceases to own a car or motor cycle if the expenditure incurred on the provision of the car or motor cycle is new expenditure.
The repeal of section 79 of CAA 2001 and the amendment made by paragraph 18(a) have effect in cases in which a person ceases to own a car or motor cycle if the expenditure incurred on the provision of the car or motor cycle is old expenditure, but only for chargeable periods beginning on or after the third relevant date.
Transitionals
This paragraph applies where expenditure incurred by a person on the provision of a car or motor cycle includes both new expenditure and old expenditure.
The new expenditure and the old expenditure are to be treated as if they were incurred on the provision of separate (but identical) cars or motor cycles.
Any amount required to be brought into account in connection with a disposal event in respect of the car or motor cycle mentioned in sub-paragraph (1) is to be apportioned on a just and reasonable basis.
This paragraph applies where—
old expenditure is required to be allocated to a single asset pool by section 74 of CAA 2001,
there is unrelieved expenditure in that pool at the end of a transitional chargeable period, and
the unrelieved expenditure is not required to be allocated to a single asset pool by any other provision of Part 2 of that Act.
The unrelieved expenditure must be carried forward to the main pool.
A “transitional chargeable period” is one that begins before the third relevant date and ends on or after the day before the third relevant date.
An order made under section 82(4)(d) of CAA 2001 (qualifying hire cars for disabled persons) before the day on which this Act is passed (and not revoked before that day) has effect as if it had also been made under section 268D(2)(d) of that Act (hire cars for disabled persons) (inserted by this Part of this Schedule).
Interpretation
In this Part of this Schedule—
“car” and “motor cycle” have the meaning given in section 268A of CAA 2001 (inserted by paragraph 11), and
other expressions used in this Part of this Schedule and in Part 2 of CAA 2001 have the same meaning here as in that Part of that Act.
Restrictions on deductions for hire expenses
Income tax
ITTOIA 2005 is amended as follows.
In section 31(1)(b) (relationship between rules prohibiting and allowing deductions), omit “or motor cycle”.
Section 48 (rules restricting deductions from profits: car or motor cycle hire) is amended as follows.
In subsection (1), for the words from “or motor cycle”, in the first place, to the end substitute
In subsection (2), for the words from “multiplying” to the end substitute “ 15% ”.
In subsection (4), for “multiplying it by the fraction in subsection (2)” substitute “ 15% ”.
In subsection (4A)(a), (b) and (c), omit “or motor cycle”.
Omit subsection (5).
In the heading, omit “or motor cycle”.
Section 49 (car or motor cycle hire: supplementary) is amended as follows.
In subsection (1)—
omit “or motor cycle”,
omit “one”,
before paragraph (a) insert—, and
in paragraphs (a) and (b), insert at the beginning “a vehicle”.
After that subsection insert—
In subsection (2)—
omit “or motor cycle” (in each place),
omit paragraph (c), and
insert at the end—
In subsection (6), omit “and section 48”.
In the heading, omit “or motor cycle”.
Omit section 50 (hiring cars with low carbon dioxide emissions).
After that section insert—
In section 247(1) (other rules about what counts as post-cessation receipts), omit “or motor cycle”.
for “50” substitute “ 50B ”, and
omit “or motor cycle”.
In section 274(1)(b) (relationship between rules prohibiting and allowing deductions), omit “or motor cycle”.
In section 354(2) (other rules about what counts as post-cessation receipts), omit “or motor cycle”.
In Schedule 2 (transitionals and savings), omit paragraphs 16 and 17 (and the heading before them).
Corporation tax
CTA 2009 is amended as follows.
In section 51(1)(b)(i) (relationship between rules prohibiting and allowing deductions), omit “or motor cycle”.
Section 56 (rules restricting deductions from profits: car or motor cycle hire) is amended as follows.
In subsection (1), for the words from “or motor cycle”, in the first place, to the end substitute
In subsection (2), for the words from “multiplying” to the end substitute “ 15% ”.
In subsection (4), for “multiplying it by the fraction in subsection (2)” substitute “ 15% ”.
In subsection (5)(a), (b) and (c), omit “or motor cycle”.
Omit subsection (6).
In the heading, omit “or motor cycle”.
Section 57 (car or motor cycle hire: supplementary) is amended as follows.
In subsection (1)—
omit “or motor cycle”,
omit “one”,
before paragraph (a) insert—, and
in paragraphs (a) and (b), insert at the beginning “a vehicle”.
After that subsection insert—
In subsection (2)—
omit “or motor cycle” (in each place),
omit paragraph (c), and
insert at the end—
In subsection (6), omit “and section 56”.
In the heading, omit “or motor cycle”.
Omit section 58 (hiring cars with low CO 2 emissions before 1 April 2013).
After section 58 insert—
In section 191(1) (other rules about what counts as post-cessation receipts), omit “or motor cycle”.
for “58” substitute “ 58B ”, and
omit “or motor cycle”.
In section 214(1)(b)(i) (relationship between rules prohibiting and allowing deductions), omit “or motor cycle”.
In section 283(2) (other rules about what counts as post-cessation receipts), omit “or motor cycle”.
In section 865(3)(a) (debits for expenditure not generally deductible for tax purposes), omit “or motor cycle”.
In section 1231(3) (absence of accounts), omit “or motor cycle”.
Section 1251 (car or motor cycle hire: companies with investment business) is amended as follows.
In subsection (1), for the words from “or motor cycle”, in the first place, to the end substitute
In subsection (2), for the words from “multiplying” to the end substitute “ 15% ”.
In subsection (4)(b), for “multiply that amount by the fraction set out in subsection (2) above” substitute “ reduce that amount by 15% ”.
In subsection (5)(a), (b) and (c), omit “or motor cycle”.
Omit subsection (6).
In subsection (7)—
omit “or motor cycle”, and
for “58 (hiring cars with low CO 2 emissions before 1 April 2013)” substitute “ 58A (short-term hiring in and long-term hiring out) ”.
After that subsection insert—
In the heading, omit “or motor cycle”.
In Schedule 2 (transitionals and savings), omit paragraphs 16 and 17 (and the heading before them).
ICTA is amended as follows.
Section 76ZN (car or motor cycle hire: expenses of insurance companies) is amended as follows.
In subsection (1)—
in paragraph (a), omit “or motor cycle”, and
for paragraphs (b) and (c) substitute—
After that subsection insert—
In subsection (2), for the words from “multiplying” to the end substitute “ 15% ”.
In subsection (5), for the words from “multiplying” to the end substitute “ 15% ”.
In subsection (6)(a), (b) and (c), omit “or motor cycle”.
Omit subsection (7).
In subsection (8), omit “or motor cycle” (in both places).
After that subsection insert—
Omit section 76ZO (hiring cars (but not motor cycles) with low CO 2 emissions before 1 April 2013).
Section 578A (rules restricting deductions: car or motor cycle hire) is amended as follows.
In subsection (2), for paragraphs (a) and (b) substitute
Omit subsections (2A) and (2B).
After subsection (2B) insert—
In subsection (3), for the words from “multiplying” to the end substitute “ 15% ”.
In subsection (4), for “multiplying it by the fraction in subsection (3) above” substitute “ 15% ”.
After that subsection insert—
Section 578B (expenditure on car or motor cycle hire: supplementary) is amended as follows.
In subsection (1)—
omit “one”,
before paragraph (a) insert—,
in paragraphs (a) and (b), insert at the beginning “a vehicle”, and
omit the words after paragraph (b).
In subsection (2)—
omit paragraph (b), and
insert at the end—
In subsection (3), omit “section 578A and”.
Omit subsection (4).
Consequential repeals
In consequence of the amendments made by this Part of this Schedule, omit—
in FA 2008, section 77(4)(b), and
in CTA 2009, in Schedule 1, paragraph 45.
Commencement
For the purposes of this Part of this Schedule—
the first relevant date is—
for corporation tax purposes, 1 April 2009, and
for income tax purposes, 6 April 2009, and
the second relevant date is—
for corporation tax purposes, 1 April 2010, and
for income tax purposes, 6 April 2010, and
The amendments made by this Part of this Schedule have effect in relation to deductions for expenses incurred on the hiring of a car or motor cycle under an agreement under which the hire period begins on or after the first relevant date (but see paragraph 67).
For the purposes of this paragraph and paragraph 67, the hire period, in relation to an agreement, begins on the first day on which the car or motor cycle is required to be made available for use under the agreement.
Election for new regime not to apply in certain cases
This paragraph applies where—
a person incurs expenses on the hiring of a car or motor cycle under an agreement entered into on or before 8 December 2008, and
the hire period begins before the second relevant date.
If the person makes an election under this paragraph, none of the amendments made by this Part of this Schedule has effect in relation to any deduction for expenses incurred by the person on the hiring of the car or motor cycle under the agreement.
The election must be made by notice given to an officer of Revenue and Customs—
for income tax purposes, on or before the normal time limit for amending a tax return for the tax year in which the relevant chargeable period ends, and
for corporation tax purposes, no later than 2 years after the end of the relevant chargeable period.
“The relevant chargeable period” means the first chargeable period (as defined in section 6 of CAA 2001) in which any expenditure by the person on the provision of the car or motor cycle under the agreement was incurred.
The election is irrevocable.
All such assessments and adjustments of assessments are to be made as are necessary to give effect to the election.
For the purpose of this paragraph, an agreement is entered into on the first date on which the following conditions are met—
there is a contract in writing for the use of the car or motor cycle by the person,
the contract is unconditional or, if it is conditional, the conditions have been met, and
no terms remain to be agreed.
Saving
The repeal of section 82 of CAA 2001 (meaning of “qualifying hire car”) by Part 1 of this Schedule does not affect the continued operation of the following provisions until they are repealed by this Part of this Schedule—
section 578B(2)(b) of ICTA,
section 49(2)(c) of ITTOIA 2005, and
section 57(2)(c) of CTA 2009.
Reallocation of chargeable gain or loss within a group
Main provisions
In TCGA 1992, for section 171A substitute—
Consequential amendments
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
In consequence of the amendment made by paragraph 1, omit—
in FA 2000, section 101,
in FA 2001, section 77,
in FA 2003, in Schedule 33, paragraph 17, and
in F(No.2)A 2005, section 36.
Commencement
The amendments made by this Schedule have effect in relation to chargeable gains and allowable losses accruing on or after the day on which this Act is passed.
Chargeable gains in stock lending: insolvency etc of borrower
TCGA 1992 is amended as follows.
Section 263B (stock lending arrangements) is amended as follows.
In subsection (2), for “section 263C(2)” substitute “ sections 263C(2) and 263CA(3) and (5) ”.
In subsection (4)—
in paragraph (a), insert at the end “for a consideration equal to their market value at that time”,
in paragraph (b), after “at that time” insert “ for that consideration ”, and
insert at the end (not as part of paragraph (c))— “ This subsection does not apply where section 263CA (insolvency of borrower) applies. ”
In subsection (7), omit the definition of “interest”.
After section 263C (stock lending involving redemption) insert—
The amendments made by paragraphs 2(2) and (3)(c) and 3 apply—
in any case where B becomes insolvent on or after 24 November 2008, and
where L makes an election under this paragraph, in any case where B becomes insolvent in the period beginning on 1 September 2008 and ending on 23 November 2008.
An election under sub-paragraph (1)(b) must relate to all stock lending arrangements in which L is the lender and B is the borrower and must be made—
where L is a company (within the meaning given by section 288(1) of TCGA 1992), no later than the second anniversary of the end of the accounting period of L in which 23 November 2008 falls, and
otherwise, no later than 31 January 2011.
Where section 263CA (inserted by paragraph 3) applies to any case which occurs before a period for which CTA 2009 has effect, the reference in subsection (8) of that section to a relevant non-lending relationship for the purposes of Part 6 of that Act is to be read as a reference to a relationship to which section 100 of FA 1996 applies.
Corporation tax treatment of company distributions
Insertion of new Part 9A of CTA 2009
In CTA 2009, after Part 9 insert—
Other amendments
ICTA
ICTA is amended as follows.
In section 13(7) (small companies' relief), omit “resident in the United Kingdom”.
Section 505(1)(c) (charitable companies: general) is amended as follows.
After sub-paragraph (ii) insert—.
Omit sub-paragraph (iib).
Section 95ZA (taxation of UK distributions received by insurance companies) is amended as follows.
In subsection (1), for “section 1285” substitute “ section 130(2) ”.
In subsection (2)(a), omit “resident in the United Kingdom”.
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
In section 795 (double taxation relief: computation of income subject to foreign tax), omit subsection (3A).
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Omit sections 806A to 806K (double taxation relief in relation to foreign dividends: onshore pooling and utilisation of eligible unrelieved foreign tax).
In section 826 (interest on tax overpaid), omit subsection (7BC).
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
In paragraph 5(3)(c) of Schedule 27 (distributing funds: United Kingdom equivalent profits)—
for “section 1285” substitute “ Chapter 2 or 3 of Part 9A ”, and
omit “in like manner as if they were dividends or distributions of a company resident outside the United Kingdom”.
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FA 1989
FA 1989 is amended as follows.
Section 85A (life assurance: excess adjusted Case I profits) is amended as follows.
In paragraph (a) of subsection (6), for “distributions received by the company in the accounting period from companies resident in the United Kingdom” substitute “ non-taxable distributions received by the company in the accounting period ”.
After that subsection insert—
Section 89 (life assurance: policy holders' share of profits) is amended as follows.
In subsection (2)(b), for “distributions received from companies resident in the United Kingdom” substitute “ non-taxable distributions received ”.
In subsection (7), after the definition of “Case I profits” insert—
FA 1994
In section 219 of FA 1994 (taxation of profits of Lloyd's underwriters etc)—
in subsection (3), omit “Subject to subsection (4A) below,”, and
omit subsections (4), (4A) and (4C).
FA 2006
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CTA 2009
CTA 2009 is amended as follows.
In section 1(2) (overview of Act), before the “and” at the end of paragraph (f) insert—.
For section 130 (traders receiving distributions etc) substitute—
In section 932(1) (overview of Part 10), omit paragraph (a).
Omit Chapter 2 of Part 10 (taxation of dividends from non-UK resident companies).
Section 974 (charge to tax in relation to sale of foreign dividend coupons) is amended as follows.
In subsection (3)(a), after “realisation of” insert “ taxable ”.
In subsection (4), after “sale of” insert “ taxable ”.
After subsection (4) insert—
In section 982(1)(a) and (2)(a) (boundary provisions for Part 10), omit “2,”.
Omit section 1285 (exemption for distributions of UK resident companies).
In section 1310(4) (orders and regulations subject to affirmative resolution procedure in House of Commons), before paragraph (a) insert—.
In Schedule 4 (index of defined expressions), insert at the appropriate places—;;;;;;;.
Consequential repeals
In consequence of the amendments made by this Schedule, omit—
in F(No.2)A 1997, section 22(2) and (3)(a),
in FA 2000, in Schedule 30, paragraphs 8(4)(c), 21 and 22,
in FA 2001, in Schedule 27, paragraphs 1(3), 4 and 5,
in FA 2008, in Schedule 39, paragraph 25, and
in CTA 2009, in Schedule 1, paragraphs 174(4)(c), 252 to 254 and 392(4) and (5).
Commencement etc
Commencement
The amendments made by this Schedule have effect in relation to distributions paid on or after 1 July 2009 (“the commencement date”).
Transitional provision
This paragraph contains transitional provision in relation to the commencement of Part 9A of CTA 2009 (as inserted by paragraph 1).
In section 931H—
a reference to a transaction that is one of a series of transactions does not include a transaction where each transaction in the series was entered into more than 12 months before the commencement date,
a reference to any other transaction does not include a transaction entered into more than 12 months before the commencement date, and
a reference to a dividend that falls into (or does not fall into) an exempt class otherwise than by virtue of that section is, in relation to a dividend paid before the commencement date, to a dividend that would have so fallen (or not so fallen) had that section had effect in relation to the dividend.
In section 931J—
a reference to profits available for distribution that arose at any time does not include such profits that arose in a period of account ending more than 12 months before the commencement date, and
a reference to a dividend that falls into (or does not fall into) an exempt class otherwise than by virtue of section 931E is, in relation to a dividend paid before the commencement date, to a dividend that would have so fallen (or not so fallen) had that section had effect in relation to the dividend.
Tax treatment of financing costs and income
Introduction
Overview
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Application of this Schedule
Application of Schedule
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
UK net debt of the worldwide group for period of account of worldwide group
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Net debt of a company
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Worldwide gross debt of worldwide group for period of account of worldwide group
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
References to amounts disclosed in balance sheet of relevant group company
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Qualifying financial services groups
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Qualifying activities
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lending activities and activities ancillary to lending activities
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Insurance activities and insurance related activities
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Relevant dealing in financial instruments
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
UK trading income of the worldwide group
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Worldwide trading income of the worldwide group
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Foreign currency accounting
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Disallowance of deductions
Application of Part and meaning of “total disallowed amount”
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Meaning of “company to which this Part applies”
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Appointment of authorised company for relevant period of account
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Meaning of “the reporting body”
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Statement of allocated disallowances: submission
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Statement of allocated disallowances: submission of revised statement
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Statement of allocated disallowances: requirements
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Statement of allocated disallowances: effect
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Company tax returns
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power to make regulations about statement of allocated disallowances
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Failure of reporting body to submit statement of allocated disallowances
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Powers to make regulations in relation to reductions required under paragraph 25
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Exemption of financing income
Application of Part and meaning of “total disallowed amount”
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Meaning of “company to which this Part applies”
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Appointment of authorised company for relevant period of account
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Meaning of “the reporting body”
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Statement of allocated exemptions: submission
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Statement of allocated exemptions: submission of revised statement
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Statement of allocated exemptions: requirements
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Statement of allocated exemptions: effect
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Company tax returns
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power to make regulations about statement of allocated exemptions
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Failure of reporting body to submit statement of allocated exemptions
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power to make regulations in relation to reductions required under paragraph 37
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Balancing payments between group companies: no charge to, or relief from, tax
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Intra-group financing income where payer denied deduction
Exemption from tax for certain financing income received from certain EEA companies
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Meaning of “relevant associate”
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Meaning of “tax-resident” and “EEA territory”
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Qualifying EEA tax relief for payment in the current period or a previous period
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Qualifying EEA tax relief for payment in future period
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
References to tax of a territory
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Financing income amounts of a company
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Anti-avoidance
Schemes involving manipulation of rules in Part 2
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Schemes involving manipulation of rules in Parts 3 and 4
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Meaning of “relevant net deduction”
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Calculation of amounts
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Meaning of “carried-back amount” and “carried-forward amount”
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Schemes involving manipulation of rules in Part 5
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Meaning of “scheme” and “excluded scheme”
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
“Financing expense amount” and “financing income amount”
The financing expense amounts of a company
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
The financing income amounts of a company
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Interpretation of paragraphs 54 and 55
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Group treasury companies
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Real estate investment trusts
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Companies engaged in oil extraction activities
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Intra-group short-term finance: financing expense
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Intra-group short-term finance: financing income
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Short-term loan relationships
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Stranded deficits in non-trading loan relationships: financing expense
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Stranded deficits in non-trading loan relationships: financing income
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Stranded management expenses in non-trading loan relationships: financing expense
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Stranded management expenses in non-trading loan relationships: financing income
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Charities
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Educational and public bodies
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Interpretation of paragraphs 57 to 68
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
The “tested expense amount” and “tested income amount”
The tested expense amount
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
The tested income amount
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Companies with net financing deduction or net financing income that is small
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
The “available amount”
The available amount
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Group members with income from oil extraction subject to particular tax treatment in UK
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Group members with income from shipping subject to particular tax treatment in UK
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Group members with income from property rental subject to particular tax treatment in UK
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Meaning of accounting expressions used in this Part
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other interpretative provisions
The worldwide group
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Meaning of “group”
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Meaning of “ultimate parent”
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Meaning of “corporate entity”
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Meaning of “relevant non-corporate entity”
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Treatment of entities stapled to corporate entities or relevant non-corporate entities
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Treatment of business combinations
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Meaning of “large” in relation to a group
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Meaning of “UK group company” and “relevant group company”
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Financial statements of the worldwide group
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Non-compliant financial statements of worldwide group
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Non-existent financial statements of worldwide group
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
References to amounts disclosed in financial statements
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Translation of amounts disclosed in financial statements into sterling
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Expressions taking their meaning from international accounting standards
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Meaning of “relevant accounting period”
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Meaning of “the Commissioners” and “HMRC”
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Consequential amendments and commencement
Consequential amendments
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Commencement
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Anti-avoidance: change of period of account of worldwide group
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Transitional provision
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Controlled foreign companies
Abolition of acceptable distribution policy exemption
Abolition of acceptable distribution policy exemption
ICTA is amended as follows.
In section 748(1) (cases where apportionment under section 747(3) does not apply), omit paragraph (a) (including the “or” at the end).
In Schedule 25 (supplementary provision in relation to cases where apportionment under section 747(3) does not apply), omit Part 1 (acceptable distribution policy).
Consequential amendments
ICTA is amended as follows.
Omit section 754A (returns where it is not established whether acceptable distribution policy applies).
In section 801 (dividends paid between related companies: relief for UK and third country taxes), omit subsections (2A)(aa), (2B), (6) and (7).
Omit section 801C (double taxation relief: separate streaming of dividend so far as representing an ADP dividend of a CFC).
In section 803A (foreign taxation of group as single entity), omit subsection (1A).
In Schedule 24 (assumptions for calculating chargeable profits, creditable tax and corresponding UK tax of foreign companies), omit—
in paragraph 1(3A), paragraph (b)(ii) (and the “and” before it) and the words “or which is an ADP exempt period” (in both places),
paragraph 1(6),
paragraph (b) of paragraph 2(1) (and the “or” before it),
paragraph (b) of paragraph 4(1A) (and the “or” before it),
paragraph 4(3A),
in paragraph 9(1)(c), “, and is not to be assumed by virtue of paragraph 2(1)(b) above to have been resident,”, and
paragraph (b) of paragraph 10(1) (and the “or” before it).
In paragraph 116 of Schedule 29 to FA 2002 (assumptions for calculating chargeable profits of CFCs in connection with intangible fixed assets), omit paragraph (b) of sub-paragraph (2) (and the “or” before it).
In section 870 of CTA 2009 (assumptions for calculating chargeable profits of CFCs in connection with intangible fixed assets), omit—
paragraph (b) of subsection (3) (and the “or” before it), and
subsection (7).
In consequence of the amendments made by paragraphs 1 to 4, omit—
in FA 1990, section 67(3)(b) and (c),
in FA 1994, section 134,
in FA 1996, in Schedule 36, paragraphs 3(3), (8) and (9) and 4(2) and (3)(b),
in FA 1998, in Schedule 17, paragraphs 10, 17(2) to (5) and 26 to 28,
in FA 1999, section 88,
in FA 2000, in Schedule 30, paragraph 13,
in FA 2001, section 82,
in FA 2007, in Schedule 7, paragraph 56,
in FA 2008, section 64(4) and, in Schedule 17, paragraph 29, and
in this Act, section 57(4).
Commencement
The amendments made by this Part have effect in relation to accounting periods of controlled foreign companies beginning on or after 1 July 2009.
Periods straddling 1 July 2009
Where a controlled foreign company has an accounting period (“the straddling accounting period”) that—the straddling accounting period is to be treated as split.
begins before 1 July 2009, and
ends on or after that date,
Where this paragraph provides that the straddling accounting period is to be treated as “split”—
that part of the straddling accounting period that falls before 1 July 2009 and that part of the straddling accounting period that falls on or after that date are to be treated for the purposes of Chapter 4 of Part 17, and Part 18, of ICTA and Part 2 of TIOPA 2010 as separate accounting periods, and
the company's chargeable profits for the straddling accounting period, and its creditable tax (if any) for that period, are to be apportioned to the two separate accounting periods on a just and reasonable basis.
Transitional provision
The amendments made by this Part do not affect the application of sections 801, 801C or 803A of, or Part 1 of Schedule 25 to, ICTA in relation to dividends paid on or after 1 July 2009 if they are paid for accounting periods beginning before that date.
Sub-paragraph (3) applies where a dividend of a controlled foreign company is paid during the second of the two accounting periods provided for by paragraph 7(2).
For the purposes of Part 1 of Schedule 25 to ICTA, section 799 of that Act has effect as if the reference in subsection (3)(c) to the last period for which accounts of the company were made up which ended before the dividend became payable were to the first of the two accounting periods provided for by paragraph 7(2).
Interpretation
The following expressions have the same meaning for the purposes of this Part as they have for the purposes of Chapter 4 of Part 17 of ICTA—“accounting period”;“chargeable profits”;“controlled foreign company”;“creditable tax”.
Amendment of exempt activities exemption
Abolition of special rules for holding companies other than local holding companies
Part 2 of Schedule 25 to ICTA (exempt activities) is amended as follows.
In paragraph 6 (definition of exempt activities)—
in sub-paragraph (1)(c), for “(2), (3), (4) or (4A)” substitute “ (2) or (3) ”,
in sub-paragraph (3)(b), omit “or superior holding companies”,
omit sub-paragraphs (4) to (4BB),
in sub-paragraph (5)—
for “sub-paragraphs (3) to (4B)” substitute “ sub-paragraph (3) ”, and
omit “or superior holding company”,
in sub-paragraph (5ZA), omit “or superior holding company”,
in sub-paragraph (5ZB), omit “or superior holding company”,
in sub-paragraph (5A), for “sub-paragraphs (3) to (4B)” substitute “ sub-paragraph (3) ”,
omit sub-paragraph (5B),
in sub-paragraph (5C), omit “or superior holding company”, and
in sub-paragraph (6), for “sub-paragraphs (1) to (4BB) above” substitute “ this paragraph ”.
In paragraph 8(3) (paragraph 6(1)(b) condition), omit “or superior holding company”.
In paragraph 12 (definition of “holding company” etc)—
in sub-paragraph (1), for “paragraph 12A below and in” substitute “ in ”,
in sub-paragraph (4), omit “or (4), as the case may be,”, and
in sub-paragraph (5)—
in the words before paragraph (a), for “sub-paragraphs (3) and (4)” substitute “ sub-paragraph (3) ”, and
in paragraph (a), omit “or superior holding company”.
Omit paragraph 12A (definition of “superior holding company” etc).
In consequence of the amendments made by paragraph 10, omit—
in FA 1998, in Schedule 17, paragraphs 30(4)(a), (5), (6) and (8), 31, 32(2) and (3)(a) and 33,
in FA 2000, in Schedule 31, paragraph 7(2) to (7), (10) and (11), and
in FA 2003, in Schedule 42, paragraph 2(2).
Commencement
The amendments made by this Part have effect in relation to accounting periods of controlled foreign companies beginning on or after the commencement date.
For this purpose “the commencement date” means—
in relation to a controlled foreign company other than a qualifying holding company, 1 July 2009, ...
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
The amendments made by this Part have no effect in relation to a qualifying holding company.
Meaning of “qualifying holding company” and “exempt holding company”
In this Part “qualifying holding company” means a controlled foreign company that was an exempt holding company in relation to the last accounting period to end before 1 July 2009.
For the purposes of sub-paragraph (1) paragraphs 14 and 15 are to be disregarded.
For the purposes of this Part a company is an “exempt holding company” in relation to an accounting period if—
throughout the period the company is, within the meaning of Part 2 of Schedule 25 to ICTA, engaged in exempt activities, and
paragraph 6(4) or (4A) of that Schedule applies to the company in relation to the period.
Periods straddling 1 July 2009
Where a controlled foreign company has an accounting period (“the straddling accounting period”) that—the straddling accounting period is to be treated as split.
begins before 1 July 2009, and
ends on or after that date,
Where this paragraph provides that the straddling accounting period is to be treated as “split”—
that part of the straddling accounting period that falls before 1 July 2009 and that part of the straddling accounting period that falls on or after that date are to be treated for the purposes of Chapter 4 of Part 17 of ICTA as separate accounting periods, and
the company's gross income for the straddling accounting period, and its chargeable profits and creditable tax (if any) for that period, are to be apportioned to the two separate accounting periods on a time basis according to the respective lengths of the periods.
Qualifying holding companies: periods straddling 1 July 2012
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Qualifying holding companies: definition of “relevant accounting period”
For the purposes of paragraph 17 an accounting period of a qualifying holding company is a “relevant accounting period” if it—
begins on or after 1 July 2009 but before 1 January 2013, ...
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Qualifying holding companies: treatment during three years before 1 July 2012
In its application in relation to a relevant accounting period of a qualifying holding company, Part 2 of Schedule 25 to ICTA has effect subject to the modifications in this paragraph.
Sub-paragraph (4) or (4A) of paragraph 6 applies to a company only if—
the condition specified in that sub-paragraph is met, and
conditions A and B are met.
Condition A is that at all material times the company was a member of a group with the same ultimate corporate parent.
For this purpose the following times are “material”—
the beginning of 9 December 2008, and
all times during the accounting period in question.
Condition B is that amount X does not exceed amount Y.
Amount X is the amount of the company's gross income in the accounting period in question that is non-qualifying gross income.
Amount Y is (subject to sub-paragraph (8))—
where there are three reference periods in relation to the company, the greatest of the amounts of the company's non-qualifying gross income in each of those periods,
where there are two reference periods in relation to the company, the greater of the amounts of the company's non-qualifying gross income in each of those periods,
where there is one reference period in relation to the company, the amount of the company's non-qualifying gross income in that period, or
where there is no reference period in relation to the company, the amount of the company's non-qualifying gross income in the period of 12 months ending with 9 December 2008.
Where the number of days in the period by reference to which amount X is determined is not the same as the number of days in the period by reference to which amount Y is determined, amount Y is to be multiplied by—DX DY where—DX is the number of days in the period by reference to which amount X is determined, and DY is the number of days in the period by reference to which amount Y is determined.
In this paragraph—“non-qualifying gross income” means gross income that does not satisfy the test in paragraph 6(3), (4) or (4A) of Schedule 25 to ICTA;“a reference period”, in relation to a company, means an accounting period of the company that—is one of the last three accounting periods of the company to end before 9 December 2008, and is an accounting period in relation to which the company is an exempt holding company.
Meaning of “ultimate corporate parent” and “group” for the purposes of paragraph 17(3)
In paragraph 17(3) the “ultimate corporate parent”, in relation to a group, means a member of the group that—
is a body corporate, and
is not a subsidiary (whether direct or indirect) of another body corporate.
A reference in this paragraph to a body corporate does not include—
the Crown,
a Minister of the Crown,
a government department,
a Northern Ireland department, or
a foreign sovereign power.
In paragraph 17(3) and this paragraph “group” has the meaning for the time being given by international accounting standards.
In this paragraph “subsidiary” has the meaning for the time being given by international accounting standards.
Reference periods: anti-avoidance
This paragraph applies where, on or after 9 December 2008, a company alters its accounting date so that any period (“period A”) that would otherwise have fallen in an accounting period ending on or after 9 December 2008 falls instead in an accounting period ending before that date.
The reference in paragraph (a) of the definition of “a reference period” in paragraph 17(9) to 9 December 2008 is to be treated as a reference to the beginning of period A.
Interpretation
The following expressions have the same meaning for the purposes of this Part as they have for the purposes of Chapter 4 of Part 17 of ICTA—“accounting period”;“chargeable profits”;“control”;“controlled foreign company”;“creditable tax”;“gross income”.
Reduction in chargeable profits for certain financing income
Reduction in chargeable profits for certain financing income
ICTA is amended as follows.
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
After section 751A insert—
Section 751B (supplementary) is amended as follows.
In the heading, for “Section 751A” substitute “ Sections 751A and 751AA ”.
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
In subsection (8)—
after “ “the relevant amount”” insert, and
after “mentioned in that subsection” insert
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Commencement
The amendments made by this Part have effect in relation to accounting periods of controlled foreign companies ending on or after 1 January 2010.
For this purpose “accounting period” and “controlled foreign company” have the same meaning as they have for the purposes of Chapter 4 of Part 17 of ICTA.
International movement of capital
Abolition of existing regime
In ICTA, omit—
section 765 (prior Treasury consent required for certain transactions involving movement of capital outside Europe),
section 765A (HMRC to be given information about certain transactions involving movement of capital within Europe),
section 766 (offence of failure to comply with section 765), and
section 767 (interpretation).
In section 98 of TMA 1970 (special returns etc)—
omit subsection (5),
in the first column of the Table, omit “section 765A(2)(b);”, and
in the second column of the Table, omit “section 765A(2)(a);”.
In consequence of the amendments made by paragraphs 1 and 2, omit—
in FA 1988, section 105(6), and
Reporting requirement
Reporting requirement
If a UK corporate parent is a reporting body at the time a reportable event takes place or a reportable transaction is carried out, it must, within 6 months of that time, make a report to an officer of Revenue and Customs.
The report must contain such information relating to the event or transaction, or persons connected with the event or transaction, as is specified in regulations made by the Commissioners.
The purpose of the report is to enable the Commissioners to consider whether the event or transaction results, directly or indirectly, in an advantage for any person in respect of corporation tax or any other tax or duty.
In this Schedule “the Commissioners” means the Commissioners for Her Majesty's Revenue and Customs.
Meaning of “reporting body”
For the purposes of this Schedule a body corporate (“body A”) is a reporting body at any time if, at that time—
it is a UK corporate parent, and
condition A, B, C or D is met.
Condition A is that body A is not controlled by a body corporate resident outside the United Kingdom.
Condition B is that—
body A is controlled by a body corporate resident outside the United Kingdom (“the foreign parent”), and
no other relevant UK body corporate is controlled by the foreign parent.
Condition C is that —
body A is controlled by a body corporate resident outside the United Kingdom (“the foreign parent”),
one or more other UK corporate parents are controlled by the foreign parent, and
body A is not a party to an arrangement under paragraph 6.
Condition D is that—
body A is controlled by a body corporate resident outside the United Kingdom (“the foreign parent”),
one or more other UK corporate parents are controlled by the foreign parent, and
body A is a party to an arrangement under paragraph 6 and is the nominated reporting body under that arrangement.
Groups with more than one UK corporate parent: nomination of single reporting body
Sub-paragraph (2) applies where—
a UK corporate parent is controlled by a body corporate resident outside the United Kingdom (“the foreign parent”), and
one or more other UK corporate parents are controlled by the foreign parent.
Two or more of the UK corporate parents controlled by the foreign parent may enter into an arrangement under which one of their number (“the nominated reporting body”) is nominated to exercise, on behalf of all of them, the functions conferred under this Schedule on a reporting body.
A party to an arrangement under this paragraph may withdraw from the arrangement.
The Commissioners may by regulations make provision about entering into and withdrawing from an arrangement under this paragraph.
Regulations under sub-paragraph (4) may, in particular, include provision—
as to the form and manner in which bodies may enter into, or a body may withdraw from, an arrangement,
requiring a person to give information to HMRC in connection with entering into or withdrawing from an arrangement, and
as to circumstances in which a body is to be treated as having withdrawn from an arrangement.
Meaning of “UK corporate parent”
In this Schedule “UK corporate parent” means a body corporate that—
is resident in the United Kingdom,
controls one or more bodies corporate that are not resident in the United Kingdom, and
is not controlled by—
a body corporate that is resident in the United Kingdom, or
two or more bodies corporate taken together each of which is resident in the United Kingdom.
Reportable events and transactions
For the purposes of this Schedule an event or transaction is “reportable”, in relation to a reporting body, if—
it is of a value exceeding £100 million,
it is within sub-paragraph (2), and
it is not an excluded transaction (see paragraph 9).
An event or transaction is within this sub-paragraph if—
it is an issue of shares or debentures by a foreign subsidiary,
it is a transfer by the reporting body, or a transfer caused or permitted by the reporting body, of shares or debentures of a foreign subsidiary in which the reporting body has an interest,
where the reporting body is a party to an arrangement under paragraph 6, it is a transfer by another party to the arrangement, or a transfer caused or permitted by such a party, of shares or debentures of a foreign subsidiary in which that party has an interest,
it results in a foreign subsidiary becoming, or ceasing to be, a controlling partner in a partnership, or
it is of a description specified in regulations made by the Commissioners.
For the purposes of sub-paragraph (2)(d) a foreign subsidiary is a “controlling partner” in a partnership if, whether alone or taken together with one or more other partners that are subsidiaries, it controls the partnership.
The Commissioners may by regulations make provision about how the value of an event or transaction is to be determined for the purposes of this paragraph.
Regulations under sub-paragraph (4) may, in particular, in the case of a transaction that is one of a series of transactions, include provision attributing to the transaction the value of other transactions in the series.
Regulations under this paragraph may—
make provision by reference to standards or other documents issued by any person, or
make different provision for different cases or purposes.
The Commissioners may by order amend sub-paragraph (1)(a) so as to substitute a higher amount for the amount for the time being mentioned there.
Excluded transactions
For the purposes of this Schedule a transaction is “excluded” if—
it is carried out in the ordinary course of a trade,
all the parties to the transaction are, at the time the transaction is carried out, resident in the same territory,
it consists in giving to the bankers of a foreign subsidiary any security for the payment of any sum due or to become due from it to them by reason of any transaction entered into with it by them in the ordinary course of their business as bankers,
it consists in a foreign subsidiary giving to an insurance company any security for the payment of any sum due or to become due from that subsidiary to that company by reason of any transaction entered into with that subsidiary by that company in the ordinary course of that company's business by way of investment of its funds, or
it is of a description specified in regulations made by the Commissioners.
Regulations under sub-paragraph (1)(e)—
may make provision by reference to standards or other documents issued by any person, and
may make different provision for different cases or purposes.
Penalty for failure to comply with reporting requirement
In section 98 of TMA 1970 (special returns etc), in the second column of the Table, insert at the end “paragraph 4 of Schedule 17 to FA 2009.”
Regulations and orders
Regulations and orders under this Schedule are to be made by statutory instrument.
A statutory instrument containing regulations or an order under this Schedule is subject to annulment in pursuance of a resolution of the House of Commons.
Interpretation
For the purposes of this Schedule “control”, in relation to a body corporate, means the power of a person to secure—that the affairs of the body are conducted in accordance with that person's wishes.
by means of the holding of shares or the possession of voting power in or in relation to the body or any other body corporate, or
by virtue of any powers conferred by the articles of association or other document regulating the body or any other body corporate,
Where two or more persons, taken together, have the power mentioned in sub-paragraph (1), they are taken for the purposes of this Schedule to control the body corporate.
For the purposes of this Schedule “control” in relation to a partnership, means the right to a share of more than 50% of the assets, or of more than 50% of the income, of the partnership.
In this Schedule—“foreign” means resident outside the United Kingdom;“partnership” includes an entity established under the law of a country or territory outside the United Kingdom of a similar character to a partnership, and “partner” is to be read accordingly;“subsidiary”, in relation to a reporting body, means a body corporate that is controlled by—the reporting body, or where the reporting body is a party to an arrangement under paragraph 6, any party to the arrangement.
Section 150 of TIOPA 2010 (meaning of “transaction” and “series of transactions”) applies for the purposes of this Schedule.
Commencement etc
Commencement
This Schedule has effect in relation to events taking place and transactions carried out on or after 1 July 2009.
Transitional provision
In its application in relation to an event taking place or a transaction carried out before 1 October 2009, paragraph 4(1) has effect as if it required any report under that provision to be made before 1 April 2010.
Any regulations under this Schedule that are made within the period of one year beginning on the day on which this Act is passed may be made so as to have effect from any time on or after 1 July 2009.
Corporation tax: foreign currency accounting
Amendments of FA 1993
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Commencement and transitional provision
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sterling equivalent if amount carried back to pre-commencement accounting period
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sterling equivalent if amount carried forward from earlier period
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Adjustment of sterling loss if amount carried back to pre-commencement accounting period
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Adjustment of sterling loss if amount carried forward from earlier period
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Interpretation
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Right of company to elect for different commencement and transitional provision to apply
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Income tax credits for foreign distributions
ITTOIA 2005
ITTOIA 2005 is amended as follows.
Section 397A (tax credits for distributions of non-UK resident companies: UK residents and eligible non-UK residents) is amended as follows.
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
In subsection (7), omit the definition of “minority shareholder”.
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Section 397C (meaning of “minority shareholder”) is amended as follows.
In subsection (1)—
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
omit “non-UK resident”.
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
In section 873 (orders and regulations), after subsection (3) insert—
Consequential amendments of other Acts
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
In ICTA—
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
in section 840ZA(3)(b) (meaning of “tax advantage”), after “397(1)” insert “ or 397A(1) ”.
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
In ITA 2007—for “397A(2)” substitute “ 397A(1) ”.
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Commencement
The amendments made by this Schedule have effect in relation to—
qualifying distributions arising on or after 22 April 2009,
cash dividends paid over to a person under paragraph 68(4) of Schedule 2 of ITEPA 2003 on or after 22 April 2009,
dividends treated under section 407 of ITTOIA 2005 as paid to a person on or after 22 April 2009, and
manufactured overseas dividends that are representative of a distribution within paragraph (a), (b) or (c).
In this paragraph—“manufactured overseas dividend” has the same meaning as in Chapter 2 of Part 11 of ITA 2007;“qualifying distribution” has the meaning given in section 989 of ITA 2007.
Section 873(4) of ITTOIA 2005 (inserted by paragraph 8), so far as relating to any order or regulations made after the passing of FA 2016 under any provision of ITTOIA 2005 other than section 397BA of that Act, has effect as if sub-paragraph (1) did not apply in relation to it.
Loan relationships: connected parties
Introduction
Part 5 of CTA 2009 (loan relationships) is amended as follows.
Section 374
Section 374 (late interest: connection between debtor and person standing in position of creditor) is amended as follows.
In subsection (1)—
in paragraph (b), after “company” insert “ ( ”, and
insert at the end (not as part of paragraph (b))— “ and the condition in subsection (1A) is met. ”
After that subsection insert—
Insert at the end—
Sections 375 and 376
Section 375 (late interest: loans to close companies by participators etc) is amended as follows.
In subsection (1), insert at the end (not as part of paragraph (b))— “ and, where subsection (4A) applies, the non-qualifying territory condition is met. ”
In subsections (3)(b) and (4)(b), after “resident” insert “ for tax purposes ”.
After subsection (4) insert—
Section 376 (interpretation of section 375) is amended as follows.
In subsection (5), for the definition of “resident” substitute—.
Insert at the end—
Section 377
Section 377 (late interest: party to loan relationship having major interest in other party) is amended as follows.
The existing provision becomes subsection (1) of that section.
In that subsection, omit the “and” at the end of paragraph (a) and insert at the end
After that subsection insert—
Section 407
Section 407 (postponement until redemption of debits for connected companies' deeply discounted securities) is amended as follows.
In subsection (1)—
in paragraph (b), after “company” insert “ (“the creditor company”,
omit the “and” at the end of paragraph (d), and
insert at the end
After that subsection insert—
Insert at the end—
Sections 409 and 410
Section 409(1) (postponement until redemption of debits for close companies' deeply discounted securities)—
in paragraph (b), after “there is a person” insert “ ( ”, and
insert at the end (not as part of paragraph (d))— “ and, where it applies, the non-qualifying territory condition is met. ”
Section 410 (interpretation of section 409) is amended as follows.
In subsections (3)(b) and (4)(b), after “resident” insert “ for tax purposes ”.
After subsection (4) insert—
In subsection (5), for the definition of “resident” substitute—.
After that subsection insert—
Commencement and transitional provision
The amendments made by this Schedule have effect where the actual accrual period (within the meaning of Chapter 8 of Part 5 of CTA 2009), or the relevant period (within the meaning of section 407(1) or 409(1) of that Act), begins on or after 1 April 2009.
But a company may elect that any or all of the amendments made by this Schedule do not have effect in relation to the first accounting period for which they would otherwise apply.
However, no election may be made under sub-paragraph (2) in relation to an accounting period ending after 31 March 2011.
An election under sub-paragraph (2) must be made in the corporation tax return for the accounting period in relation to which the election is to have effect.
Foreign exchange: anti-avoidance
Loan relationships
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Derivative contracts
Chapter 3 of Part 7 of CTA 2009 (derivative contracts: credits and debits to be brought into account) is amended as follows.
For the heading before section 606 (exchange gains and losses) substitute— “ Exchange gains and losses ”.
Section 606 is amended as follows
In subsection (3), for paragraph (a) (together with the “and” at the end) substitute—.
In subsection (4), for the words from “so much” to “currency as” substitute.
After that subsection insert—
After subsection (4D) (inserted by sub-paragraph (4) above) insert—
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Immediately before section 607 (pre-contract or abortive expenses) insert— “ Miscellaneous ”.
Interpretation
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Consequential revocation
The Loan Relationships and Derivative Contracts (Disregard and Bringing into Account of Profits and Losses) Regulations 2006 (S.I. 2006/843) are revoked.
Commencement
The amendments made by this Schedule have effect—
in relation to exchange gains and losses arising in accounting periods beginning on or after 22 April 2009, and
subject to the following provisions of this paragraph, in relation to exchange gains and losses arising in straddling accounting periods.
In this paragraph “straddling accounting period” means an accounting period that—
begins before 22 April 2009, and
ends on or after that date.
An exchange gain or loss that arises in a straddling accounting period in relation to—is to be treated for the purposes of this paragraph as if it were made up of two amounts.
an asset or liability representing a loan relationship, or
a derivative contract,
Those two amounts are the exchange gains or losses that would arise in relation to the loan relationship or derivative contract in—if those parts were separate accounting periods.
that part of the period that falls before 22 April 2009, and
that part of the period that falls on or after that date,
The amendments made by this Schedule have effect, in relation to an exchange gain or loss of the kind mentioned in sub-paragraph (3), as if the gain or loss were the amount determined in relation to it under sub-paragraph (4)(b).
Offshore funds
Meaning of “offshore fund”
FA 2008
FA 2008 is amended as follows.
Before section 41 (tax treatment of participants in offshore funds) insert—
Section 41 (tax treatment of participants in offshore funds) is amended as follows.
In subsection (2), omit the definition of “offshore fund” (and the “and” before it).
Omit subsections (3) to (9).
In subsection (2), for paragraphs (a) and (b) substitute—
In subsection (3), for the words from “may” to the end substitute
In subsection (4)(e), insert at the end “and savings”.
For subsection (5) substitute—
In subsection (6), for “and “offshore fund” have” substitute “ has ”.
After that section insert—
Restriction on regulation-making power under section 41 of FA 2008
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Application of TCGA 1992 to offshore funds
TCGA 1992
TCGA 1992 is amended as follows.
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accordingly, in the title of Part 3 and in the title of Chapter 3 of that Part, insert at the end “etc”.
Consequential provision
In TMA 1970, in—after “sections 99” insert “ , 103A ”.
section 25(9) (issuing houses, stockbrokers, auctioneers, etc), and
section 28(2) (non-resident companies and trusts),
In section 1165 of CTA 2010—
in subsection (1) for “section 99 of TCGA 1992 (application of that Act to unit trust schemes)” substitute“ sections 99 and 103A of TCGA 1992 (application of that Act to unit trust schemes and to certain offshore funds) ”, and
In ITTOIA 2005—
in section 149(4) (taxation of amounts taken to reserves), at the end of paragraph (b) (before the “and”) insert—, and
in section 150(8) (conversion etc of securities held as circulating capital), after paragraph (c) insert—.
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Commencement: general
The amendments made by this Part of this Schedule have effect in relation to the acquisition, holding and disposal of rights in a relevant offshore fund on or after the commencement day, subject to paragraphs 13 and 15.
In this paragraph and paragraphs 15 to 18 “the commencement day” means—
in relation to the acquisition, holding and disposal of rights by a person subject to the charge to capital gains tax, 1 December 2009, and
in relation to the acquisition, holding and disposal of rights by a person subject to the charge to corporation tax, such day as the Treasury may by order appoint.
Commencement: certain consequential amendments
The amendment made by sub-paragraph (1)(a) of paragraph 11 comes into force on 1 December 2009 (and has effect as if section 103A of TCGA 1992 had effect from that date in relation to the issue, placing, acquisition, holding and disposal of rights in relevant offshore funds by any person).
The amendments made by sub-paragraphs (2), (4) and (5) of paragraph 11 come into force in accordance with an order made by the Treasury.
Commencement orders
An order under paragraph 12(2)(b) or 13(2)—
may make different provision for different cases or different purposes, and
may include transitional provision and savings.
Section 1171(4) of CTA 2010, section 287(3) of TCGA 1992 and section 1014(4) of ITA 2007 (orders etc subject to annulment) do not apply in relation to such an order.
Election modifying commencement
This paragraph applies if a person makes an election—
for capital gains tax purposes, in respect of a relevant tax year, or
for corporation tax purposes, in respect of a relevant accounting period.
The amendments made by this Part of this Schedule (other than the amendments made by paragraph 11(1)(a), (2), (4) and (5)) have effect, and are to be treated as always having had effect, in relation to the acquisition, holding and disposal by the person of rights in a relevant offshore fund on or after the first day of that tax year or accounting period (“the election day”).
Sub-paragraph (4) applies if, in respect of any time on or after the election day but before the commencement day, the relevant offshore fund was not certified as a distributing fund under Part 3 of Schedule 27 to ICTA (distributing funds: certification procedure).
The acquisition, holding or disposal by the person of rights in the fund at that time is to be treated as the acquisition, holding or disposal of rights in an offshore fund that is so certified.
In this paragraph and paragraph 16—“relevant accounting period” means an accounting period beginning on or after 1 April 2003 but before the day appointed under paragraph 12(2)(b);“relevant tax year” means the tax year 2003-04 and any subsequent tax year up to and including the tax year 2009-2010.
Making an election
An election under paragraph 15 must be made—
for capital gains tax purposes, by being included in a relevant return under TMA 1970, and
for corporation tax purposes, by being included in a relevant company tax return.
A return under TMA 1970 is relevant if it is for—
the tax year in respect of which the election is made, or
a subsequent relevant tax year.
A company tax return is relevant if it is for—
the accounting period in respect of which the election is made, or
a subsequent relevant accounting period.
The references in sub-paragraph (1) to an election being included in a return include an election being included by virtue of an amendment of the return.
An election under paragraph 15 is irrevocable.
Giving effect to elections
If, in order to give effect to an election under paragraph 15, any adjustments are required, whether by the discharge or repayment of tax, the making of assessments or otherwise—
the adjustments must be made, and
any time limit for making the adjustments is to be disregarded.
Modification of acquisition cost
This paragraph applies where a participant in a relevant offshore fund—
holds rights in a relevant offshore fund immediately before the effective date, and
disposes of those rights on or after that date.
For the purposes of TCGA 1992 the participant is to be treated as if the acquisition cost for those rights were the pre-commencement acquisition cost.
“The effective date” means—
if the participant has made an election under paragraph 15, the election day, or
otherwise, the commencement day.
“Acquisition cost” means the total of the consideration, costs and expenditure described in section 38(1)(a) and (b) of TCGA 1992 (acquisition and disposal costs etc).
“Pre-commencement acquisition cost” means the total of the consideration, costs and expenditure that would have been allowable as a deduction under section 38(1)(a) and (b) of TCGA 1992 if the participant had disposed of the rights immediately before the effective date.
Insurance companies
Transfer from non technical account not to be receipt
In section 83 of FA 1989 (receipts to be taken into account), after subsection (2) insert—
The amendment made by sub-paragraph (1) has effect in relation to periods of account ending on or after 22 April 2009.
But, in relation to a period of account of a company beginning before that date, that amendment has effect only insofar as the amount shown as transfer from non technical account in line 32 of Form 58 covering the whole of the company's long-term business in the periodical return for the period of account is attributable to transfers made on or after that date.
No deduction for capital allocations to with-profits policy holders
In section 82 of FA 1989 (calculation of profits), after subsection (2) insert—
The amendment made by sub-paragraph (1) has effect in relation to amounts allocated on or after 22 April 2009 to holders of policies under which they are eligible to participate in surplus.
Limits on loss relief for addition to non-profit funds
In ICTA, after section 434A insert—
The amendment made by sub-paragraph (1) has effect in relation to accounting periods ending on or after 22 April 2009 unless—
to the extent that section 434AZA would otherwise apply because condition A in that section is met in relation to a non-profit fund, the relevant addition to the non-profit fund was made before that date, or
to the extent that section 434AZA would otherwise apply because condition B in that section is so met, the relevant addition to the non-profit fund and the arrangements were both made before that date.
FAFTS and contingent loans
In paragraph 4(5) of Schedule 17 to FA 2008 (financing-arrangement-funded transfers: companies with unrepaid contingent loan liabilities before first period of account beginning on or after 1 January 2008), in the definition of “R”, after “(7)(a) of that section” insert “ in respect of amounts brought into account as transfers to non-technical account for periods of account beginning on or after 1 January 2008 ”.
The amendment made by sub-paragraph (1) has effect in relation to periods of account beginning on or after 1 January 2008.
Apportionment: foreign business assets
Section 432E of ICTA (section 432B apportionment: participating funds) is amended as follows.
In subsection (3)(a), omit “and foreign business assets”.
In subsection (4), in the definition of “A”, omit “and foreign business assets”.
In subsection (4A), omit “or foreign business assets”.
In consequence of the amendments made by paragraph 5, omit—
paragraph 19(4)(a) and (6) of Schedule 7 to FA 2007, and
paragraph 10(3)(c) of Schedule 17 to FA 2008.
The amendments made by paragraphs 5 and 6 have effect in relation to periods of account beginning on or after 1 January 2009 and ending on or after 22 April 2009.
But an insurance company may, in its company tax return for—elect that the amendments made by paragraphs 5 and 6 have effect in relation to that accounting period.
an accounting period beginning on or after 1 January 2008 but before 1 January 2009, or
an accounting period beginning on or after 1 January 2009 and ending before 22 April 2009,
Value shifting attributable to transfer of business
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Disguised interest
Amendments of Part 6 of CTA 2009
Part 6 of CTA 2009 (relationships treated as loan relationships etc) is amended as follows.
Section 477(2) (overview of Part 6) is amended as follows.
After paragraph (a) insert—.
For paragraph (f) substitute—.
After Chapter 2 insert—
After Chapter 6 insert—
Amendments and repeals
Section 116B of TCGA 1992 (shares beginning or ceasing to be shares to which section 523 of CTA 2009 applies) is amended as follows.
In subsection (1) and the heading, for “522” substitute “ 521B ”.
In subsection (1)(b), for “its fair value” substitute “ the notional carrying value of the share ”.
In subsection (2), for the definition of “fair value” substitute—.
In that subsection, in the definition of “investing company”—
for “7” substitute “ 6A ”, and
for “with guaranteed returns) (see section 522(3)” substitute “ accounted for as liabilities) (see section 521A(3) ”.
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Schedule 4 to CTA 2009 (index of expressions) is amended as follows.
After the entry relating to “approved, approval (in relation to a share incentive plan) (in Chapter 1 of Part 11)” insert—.
Omit the entry relating to “the associated transactions condition (in Chapter 7 of Part 6)”.
After the entry relating to “effective 51% subsidiary (in Part 8)” insert—.
For the entry relating to “the investing company (in Chapter 7 of Part 5)” substitute—.
For the entry relating to “the investing company (in Chapter 7 of Part 5)” substitute—.
Omit the entries relating to “the increasing value condition (in Chapter 7 of Part 6)” and “the redemption return condition (in Chapter 7 of Part 6)”.
In the entry relating to “share (in Part 5 and in Part 6 except for Chapter 7 of that Part)”, for “7” substitute “ 6A ”.
For the entries relating to “share (in Chapter 7 of Part 6)” and “the share (in Chapter 7 of Part 6) substitute—.
Repeals
In consequence of the amendments made by this Schedule, omit—
in ICTA—
section 736C (deemed interest: cash collateral under stock lending arrangement), and
section 736D (quasi-stock lending arrangements and quasi-cash collateral),
in FA 2004, sections 131 to 133 (companies in partnership), and
in CTA 2009—
Chapter 7 of Part 6 (shares with guaranteed returns etc),
Chapter 8 of that Part (returns from partnerships), and
section 547 (repo under arrangement designed to produce quasi-interest: tax avoidance).
Omit the following provisions (which relate to the provisions repealed by paragraph 8)—
in ICTA, sections 736B(4) and 807A(2B),
in TCGA 1992, section 171(3A),
in F(No.2)A 2005, in Schedule 7, paragraphs 5 and 9,
in FA 2006, in Schedule 6, paragraphs 3 and 4,
in ITA 2007, in Schedule 1, paragraphs 172 and 373, and
in CTA 2009, in Schedule 1, paragraphs 215 and 571.
In section 542(2) of CTA 2009 (introduction to Chapter 10 of Part 6), for “547” substitute “ 546 ”.
Commencement
The amendments made by paragraphs 2(2) and 3 have effect in relation to any arrangement which produces for a company a return which is economically equivalent to interest if the company becomes a party to the arrangement on or after 22 April 2009.
The amendments (and repeals) made by paragraphs 2(3) and 4 to 10 come into force on 22 April 2009.
This paragraph applies where any of the provisions repealed by paragraph 8 applies in relation to anything done by a company before 22 April 2009 which amounts to becoming party to an arrangement (within the meaning given by section 486B(9) of CTA 2009).
The company is to be treated for the purposes of Chapter 2A of Part 6 of CTA 2009 as having become a party to the arrangement on that date.
But this paragraph does not apply in circumstances in which paragraph 15 does.
This paragraph applies where Chapter 7 of Part 6 of CTA 2009 applies in relation to a share held by a company immediately before 22 April 2009.
Section 116B(1) of TCGA 1992 is to be treated as applying as if section 523 of CTA 2009 ceased to apply in relation to the share on that date.
But this paragraph does not apply if paragraph 15 applies in relation to the share and the company.
This paragraph applies where—
Chapter 7 of Part 6 of CTA 2009 applies in relation to a share held by a company immediately before 22 April 2009 by reason of the redemption return condition being met (see section 529 of that Act) (or would so apply but for the share not being designed to produce a return which equates in substance to the return on an investment of money at a commercial rate of interest), and
section 521B of CTA 2009 applies in relation to the share and the company on 22 April 2009.
Part 5 of CTA 2009 applies as if the company had acquired the share on 22 April 2009 for an amount equal to the notional carrying value of the share on that date.
In sub-paragraph (2) “notional carrying value” has the same meaning as in section 521F(2) of CTA 2009 (see subsection (3) of that section).
Section 521F of CTA 2009 does not apply by virtue of the coming into force of section 521B of that Act.
An election under—relating to a return which begins to be produced before 1 August 2009 can be made at any time before that date but only in relation to any return produced on or after the day on which the election is made.
section 486D(2) of CTA 2009, or
section 521E(2) of that Act,
Transfers of income streams
Company transferors
Application of Part
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Value of transferred income stream treated as income
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Exception: amount otherwise taxed
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Exception: transfer by way of security
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Partnership shares
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Interpretation
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Non-corporate transferors
In ITA 2007, after section 809 insert—
Company transferees
Part 6 of CTA 2009 (relationships treated as loan relationships etc) is amended as follows.
In section 477(2) (overview of Part 6), after paragraph (aa) (inserted by Schedule 24) insert—.
After Chapter 2A (inserted by Schedule 24) insert—
Consequential amendments and repeals
In ICTA, omit—
section 730 (transfers of rights to receive distributions in respect of shares),
section 775A (transfers of rights to receive annual payments),
section 785A (rent factoring of leases of plant or machinery), and
in section 786 (transactions associated with loans or credit)—
in subsection (5), “assigns,”, “(without a sale or transfer of the property)” and “assigned,”,
in subsection (5ZA), “assigned,”, and
in subsection (5A), “assigned,”.
In ITTOIA 2005, omit—
in Chapter 11 of Part 4 (transactions in deposits)—
in section 551(2), the words after “of it”, and
in section 552(1), paragraph (e) and the “and” before it, and
Chapter 13 of Part 4 (sales of foreign dividend coupons).
Omit the following provisions (which relate to the provisions repealed by sub-paragraphs (1) and (2))—
in TMA 1970, in section 98, in column 1 of the Table, the entry relating to section 730(8) of ICTA,
in ICTA, in section 774E(1), the second sentence,
in FA 1996, in Schedule 7, paragraph 23,
in FA 2004, section 135,
in ITTOIA 2005, in Schedule 1, paragraph 300,
in F(No.2)A 2005, in Schedule 7, paragraphs 2 and 4,
in FA 2006, in Schedule 6, paragraph 7,
in ITA 2007—
in section 1016, in Part 3 of the table, the entry relating to section 730(4) of ICTA, and
in Schedule 1, paragraphs 183 and 545, and
in CTA 2009, in Schedule 1, paragraphs 214 and 230.
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
In section 2(13) of ITA 2007, omit the “and” at the end of paragraph (d) and insert at the end
Schedule 4 to that Act (index of defined expressions) is amended as follows.
After the entry relating to “transfer (in Chapter 2 of Part 13)” insert—.
After the entry relating to “transferor (in Part 12)” insert—.
Commencement
This Schedule has effect in relation to transfers on or after 22 April 2009.
Certification of SAYE savings arrangements
Chapter 4 of Part 6 of ITTOIA 2005 (SAYE interest) is amended as follows.
Transfer of certain functions from Treasury to HMRC
Section 705 (certification of arrangements) is amended as follows.
In subsections (1) and (2), for “Treasury” (in each place) substitute “ Commissioners ”.
After subsection (4) insert—
In section 706(1) and (2) (withdrawal and variation of certifications etc), for “Treasury” substitute “ Commissioners ”.
In section 707(1) (authorisation of providers), for “Treasury” substitute “ Commissioners ”.
Section 708 (withdrawal and variation of authorisations) is amended as follows.
In subsections (1) and (2), for “Treasury” substitute “ Commissioners ”.
In subsection (4), for “Treasury of its” substitute “ Commissioners of their ”.
Removal of requirement that notice be sent by post
In the following provisions omit “by post”—
section 706(2)(b) (notification of withdrawal and variation of certifications etc), and
section 708(2)(b) (notification of withdrawal and variation of authorisations).
Reduction of notice period for withdrawals and variations
In section 706(2)(b) (notification of withdrawal and variation of certifications etc), for “28 days” substitute “ 15 days ”.
Power to provide for withdrawals and variations not to affect certain contracts
In section 706(3) (transitional provision for withdrawals and variations of certifications), for the words from “the operation of” to the end substitute—
Remittance basis
Amendments of ITA 2007
Chapter A1 of Part 14 of ITA 2007 (remittance basis) is amended as follows.
In section 809C (claim for remittance basis by long-term UK resident: nomination of foreign income and gains to which section 809H(2) is to apply), after subsection (5) insert—
Section 809D (application of remittance basis without claim where unremitted foreign income and gains under £2,000) is amended as follows.
In subsection (1), insert at the end (not as part of paragraph (c))— “ unless condition A or condition B is met. ”
After that subsection insert—
Section 809E (application of remittance basis without claim: other cases) is amended as follows.
In subsection (1), for paragraph (c) substitute—
In that subsection, insert at the end (not as part of paragraph (e))— “ unless the individual gives notice in a return under section 8 of TMA 1970 that this section is not to apply in relation to the individual for that year. ”
After subsection (2) insert—
In section 809H (claim for remittance basis by long-term UK resident: charge), after subsection (5) insert—
Section 809L (meaning of “remitted to the United Kingdom”) is amended as follows.
Omit subsection (8).
In subsection (9), for “income or chargeable gains are used in respect of a debt include cases where income or chargeable gains are” substitute “ property (including income or chargeable gains) is used in respect of a debt include cases where the property is ”.
Section 809M (meaning of “relevant person” for purposes of sections 809L, 809N and 809O) is amended as follows.
In subsection (2)(e), insert at the end “or a company which is a 51% subsidiary of such a close company”.
In subsection (3), after paragraph (c) insert—.
In section 809P (amount remitted), insert at the end—
Section 809T (foreign chargeable gains accruing on disposals made other than for full consideration) is amended as follows.
In subsection (1)(b), after “amount” insert “ at least ”.
In the heading, for “other” substitute “ otherwise ”.
Section 809X (property which is exempt property) is amended as follows.
In subsection (4), omit “that derive from relevant foreign income”.
In subsection (5), omit “of any description that derives from relevant foreign income”.
Section 809Z5 (notional remitted amount) is amended as follows.
In subsection (1), omit “of income”.
Omit subsections (2) and (3).
Amendments of other Acts
TCGA 1992
In section 14A(3)(b) of TCGA 1992 (section 13: non-UK domiciled individuals), after “amount” insert “ at least ”.
ITTOIA 2005
In section 648 of ITTOIA 2005 (income arising under a settlement), for subsections (2) to (5) substitute—
FA 2008
In paragraph 86 of Schedule 7 to FA 2008 (remittance basis: transitional provisions), after sub-paragraph (4) insert—
Commencement
The amendments made by paragraphs 2 to 5, 10, 11(2) and 14 have effect for the tax year 2008-09 and subsequent tax years.
The other amendments made by this Schedule come into force on 22 April 2009.
Taxable benefits: cars
Introduction
Chapter 6 of Part 3 of ITEPA 2003 (taxable benefits: cars) is amended as follows.
Abolition of “price cap”
Section 121(1) (method of calculating cash equivalent of benefit of car) is amended as follows.
In step 3, insert at the end— “ The resulting amount is the interim sum. ”
Omit step 4 (interim sum to be £80,000 if step 3 amount exceeds £80,000).
In section 145(5) (modifications of provisions where car temporarily replaced), for “step 4” substitute “ step 3 ”.
In section 147(1) and (2) (classic cars), for “amount carried forward from” substitute “ interim sum calculated under ”.
In section 170(1) (Treasury orders increasing various amounts), omit paragraph (a) (amount in step 4 of section 121(1)).
Cars with CO2 emissions figures: the appropriate percentage
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Electrically propelled cars: the appropriate percentage
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
In section 142 (special provision for cars registered before 1998)—
in subsection (3) (cars without internal combustion engine with reciprocating pistons), for the words after “year is” substitute “ 32% ”, and
omit subsection (4) (definition of electrically propelled car).
Consequential repeal
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Commencement
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
The other amendments made by this Schedule have effect for the tax year 2011-12 and subsequent tax years.
Manufactured overseas dividends
Repos
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Stock lending
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Commencement
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Financial arrangements avoidance
Interest payments: arrangements appearing very likely to produce post-tax advantage
In ITA 2007, after section 384 insert—
The amendment made by sub-paragraph (1) has effect in relation to interest paid on or after 19 March 2009.
Amounts not fully recognised for accounting purposes
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
In section 317(5) of CTA 2009 (carrying value), before paragraph (a) insert—.
The amendments made by this paragraph have effect in relation to periods of account beginning on or after 22 April 2009.
But for the purposes of sub-paragraph (8) a period of account beginning before, and ending on or after, 22 April 2009 is to be treated as if so much of the period as falls before that date, and so much of the period as falls on or after that date, were separate periods of account.
In CTA 2009, after section 599 insert—
In section 702(3) of CTA 2009 (carrying value), before paragraph (c) insert—.
The amendments made by this paragraph have effect in relation to periods of account beginning on or after 22 April 2009.
But for the purposes of sub-paragraph (3) a period of account beginning before, and ending on or after, 22 April 2009 is to be treated as if so much of the period as falls before that date, and so much of the period as falls on or after that date, were separate periods of account.
Loan relationships involving connected debtor and creditor where debits exceed credits
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Credits and debits for manufactured interest
In section 540(3) of CTA 2009 (manufactured interest treated as interest under loan relationship), insert at the end “and the credits and debits to be brought into account in respect of manufactured interest for any period are those that are recognised in determining the company's profit or loss for the period in accordance with generally accepted accounting practice (but subject to the provisions of Part 5, including, in particular, section 307(3) and to paragraph 7A of Schedule 23A to ICTA).”
In section 97(2) of FA 1996 (equivalent provision for accounting periods ending before 1 April 2009), insert at the end “and the credits and debits to be brought into account in respect of manufactured interest for any period are those that are recognised in determining the company's profit or loss for the period in accordance with generally accepted accounting practice (but subject to the provisions of this Chapter (including, in particular, section 84(1)) and to paragraph 7A of Schedule 23A to the Taxes Act 1988).”
The amendments made by this paragraph have effect in relation to manufactured interest whenever paid, apart from payments treated under section 737A(5) of ICTA as made before 27 January 2009.
Sale of lessor companies etc: anti-avoidance
Introduction
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Paragraph 6
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Paragraph 7
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Paragraph 7A
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Paragraph 17
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Paragraph 17A
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Paragraph 22
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Paragraph 40
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Paragraph 41
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Paragraph 42
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Consequential repeal
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Commencement
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Leases of plant or machinery
Disposal values: commencement of long funding finance leases
Section 61 of CAA 2001 (disposal events and disposal values) is amended as follows.
In the Table in subsection (2), for item 5A substitute—
After subsection (5) insert—
Omit subsections (6) to (9).
Accordingly, in FA 2008, in Schedule 20, omit paragraph 4.
Section 25A of TCGA 1992 (long funding leases of plant or machinery: deemed disposals) is amended as follows.
In subsection (2)(a), for “the value described in subsection (4)(a) or (b)” substitute “ the relevant disposal value ”.
For subsections (4) to (4D) substitute—
In subsection (5), omit “ “market value”,”.
Accordingly, in FA 2008, in Schedule 20, omit paragraph 5.
The amendments made by paragraphs 1 and 2 have effect in relation to leases whose inception is on or after 13 November 2008.
The amendments made by paragraphs 3 and 4 have effect in relation to leases whose inception is on or after 22 April 2009.
Disposal values: termination etc of long funding leases
In section 66 of CAA 2001 (list of provisions outside Chapter 5 of Part 2 of that Act about disposal values), in the list, insert at the appropriate place—.
Section 70E of CAA 2001 (long funding leases: disposal events and disposal values) is amended as follows.
In subsection (1), for paragraph (c) substitute—
After that subsection insert—
In subsection (2)(a), for “termination of the lease” substitute “ relevant event ”.
For subsections (3) to (8) substitute—
In subsection (9), for “termination of the lease” substitute “ relevant event ”.
The amendments made by paragraphs 6 and 7 have effect in relation to cases where the relevant event occurs on or after 13 November 2008.
Capital receipts treated as income
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Transfer and long funding leaseback: restrictions on lessee's allowances
In section 51A(10) of CAA 2001 (annual investment allowances), insert at the appropriate place— “ section 70DA(2) (transfer and long funding leaseback: no annual investment allowance for lessee), ”.
In section 52(5) of CAA 2001 (first-year allowances), insert at the appropriate place— “ section 70DA(2) (transfer and long funding leaseback: no first-year allowance for lessee), ”.
In section 57(3) of CAA 2001 (available qualifying expenditure), insert at the appropriate place— “ section 70DA (transfer and long funding leaseback); ”.
In CAA 2001, after section 70D insert—
In section 70H of CAA 2001 (lessee: requirement for tax return treating lease as long funding lease), after subsection (1B) insert—
The amendments made by paragraphs 12 to 16 have effect in relation to cases where the commencement of the term of the lease referred to in subsection (1)(b) of section 70DA of CAA 2001 is on or after 13 November 2008.
Transfer followed by hire-purchase etc: restrictions on hirer's allowances
In section 51A(10) of CAA 2001 (annual investment allowances), after “218A” insert “ , 229A(2) ”.
In section 52(5) of CAA 2001 (first-year allowances), after “217” insert “ , 229A(2) ”.
In section 57(3) of CAA 2001 (available qualifying expenditure), after “228(2)” insert “ , 229A ”.
In CAA 2001, after section 229 insert—
The amendments made by paragraphs 18 to 21 have effect in relation to cases where the contract referred to in subsection (1)(c) of section 229A of CAA 2001 is entered into on or after 13 November 2008.
Finance leaseback
In section 216(1)(b)(i) of CAA 2001 (sale and leaseback etc), after “S” insert “ or by a person (other than B) who is connected with S ”.
In section 221(1)(b)(i) of CAA 2001 (meaning of “sale and finance leaseback”), for “a qualifying activity carried on by S” substitute “ an activity carried on by S or by a person (other than B) who is connected with S, ”.
The amendment made by paragraph 23 has effect—
where the date of the transaction referred to in section 216(1)(a) of CAA 2001 is on or after 22 April 2009, and
for the purposes of section 227 of that Act (which applies section 216(1)(b) of that Act), where the date of the transaction referred to in section 227(1)(a) is on or after 22 April 2009.
The amendment made by paragraph 24 has effect—
where the date of the transaction referred to in section 221(1)(a) of CAA 2001 is on or after 22 April 2009, and
for the purposes of section 228A of that Act (which applies section 221(1)(b) of that Act), where the date of the transaction referred to in section 228A(2)(a) is on or after 22 April 2009.
Interpretation
In this Schedule “commencement” and “inception” have the meaning given in section 70YI(1) of CAA 2001.
Long funding leases of films
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
In ITTOIA 2005, after section 148FC insert—
The amendments made by paragraph 2 have effect where the inception of the long funding lease is on or after 13 November 2008 (“the relevant date”).
Paragraphs 5 to 8 apply in respect of a long funding finance lease of a film—
whose inception is before the relevant date, and
which has not terminated before that date.
...section 148A of ITTOIA 2005 (rental earnings) does not apply to a period of account within sub-paragraph (2).
A period of account is within this sub-paragraph if—
it begins on or after the relevant date, and
no rentals due (wholly or partly) in respect of any part of the period of account were due under the lease before the relevant date.
For the purpose of calculating the profits of the lessor under the lease for a period of account—treat the lessor as receiving for that period of account income attributable to the lease of an amount equal to the relevant amount (in addition to any amount brought into account under ... section 148A(2) of ITTOIA 2005).
that ends on or after the relevant date, and
that is not within paragraph 5(2),
The “relevant amount” is an amount equal to so much of the rentals as—as would not reasonably be regarded as reflected in the rental earnings for that period of account.
become due on or after the relevant date, and
are due wholly or partly in respect of the period of account,
If any rental is paid for a period (“the rental period”) which—for the purposes of sub-paragraph (2) treat the amount of that rental as equal to the amount apportioned (on a time basis) in respect of so much of the rental period as falls on or after the relevant date and within the period of account.
begins before the relevant date, or
is not wholly within the period of account,
... section 148B of ITTOIA 2005 (exceptional items) does not apply in relation to any profit or loss arising on or after the relevant date.
If ...section 148C of ITTOIA 2005 (lessor making termination payment) applies in respect of the termination of the lease on or after the relevant date, a deduction is allowed (in calculating the profits of the lessor) in respect of any sum calculated by reference to the termination value paid to the lessee.
The amount of the deduction is (if it would otherwise exceed that amount) limited to the total amount brought into account in respect of the lease by virtue of paragraph 5 or 6.
For the purposes of paragraphs 3 to 8—
“film” has the same meaning as in Part 15 of CTA 2009 (see section 1181 of that Act),
“rental earnings” has the same meaning as in ... section 148A of ITTOIA 2005, and
Chapter 6A of Part 2 of CAA 2001 (interpretation of provisions about long funding leases) applies.
Real Estate Investment Trusts
Introduction
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Property rental business
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Conditions for company
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Conditions for balance of business
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Entry notice: conditions for company
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Profit: financing-cost ratio
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Funds awaiting re-investment
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Connected persons
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pensions: special annual allowance charge
Special annual allowance charge
A charge to income tax, to be known as the special annual allowance charge, arises where—
the total adjusted pension input amount for a tax year in the case of a high-income individual who is a member of one or more registered pension schemes, exceeds
the amount of the special annual allowance.
The individual is a high-income individual if the individual's relevant income for the tax year is £150,000 or more. Paragraph 2 makes provision for calculating the individual's relevant income.
Paragraphs 3 to 16 explain what is the total adjusted pension input amount.
The special annual allowance is £20,000 (but subject to paragraph 17).
But if, in calculating the total adjusted pension input amount of the individual for the tax year, a deduction is made in respect of—(or both) the special annual allowance is £20,000 less the amount of the deduction or, if the deduction is £20,000 or more, is nil.
protected pension input amounts (see paragraphs 7 to 14), or
a pre-22 April 2009 pension input amount that is such an amount by virtue of paragraph 16(3),
The person liable to the special annual allowance charge is the individual.
The individual is liable to the special annual allowance charge whether or not—are UK resident, ordinarily UK resident or domiciled in the United Kingdom.
the individual, and
the scheme administrator of the pension scheme or schemes concerned,
The special annual allowance charge is a charge at the appropriate rate in respect of the amount by which—For this purpose “the appropriate rate” is—In this sub-paragraph—“chargeable amount” means the amount in respect of which the special annual allowance charge is charged, and“the reduced net income amount” means the amount after taking step 3 in section 23 of ITA 2007 in the case of the individual for the tax year.
the total adjusted pension input amount, exceeds
the amount of the special annual allowance.
0% in relation to so much (if any) of the chargeable amount as, when added to the reduced net income amount, does not exceed the basic rate limit,
20% in relation to so much (if any) of the chargeable amount, as when so added, exceeds the basic rate limit but does not exceed the higher rate limit, and
30% in relation to so much (if any) of the chargeable amount as, when so added, exceeds the higher rate limit.
But where—the amount in respect of which the special annual allowance charge is charged is reduced by the amount of the excess.
the individual's total pension input amount under section 229 of FA 2004 (annual allowance charge) for the tax year, exceeds
the amount of the annual allowance for the tax year (see section 228 of that Act and orders made under it),
In calculating the individual's liability to income tax for the tax year the amount of any income tax to which the individual is liable under this section is to be added at Step 7 of the calculation in section 23 of ITA 2007 (which applies as if this Schedule were a provision listed in section 30 of that Act).
The amount in respect of which the special annual allowance charge is charged is not to be treated as income for any purpose of the Tax Acts.
Calculation of relevant income
To find the individual's relevant income for the tax year take the following steps—Step 1 Identify the individual's total income. Step 2 Add the amount of any deductions made from any employment income of the individual for the tax year under section 193(2) of FA 2004 or made under Chapter 2 of Part 5 of ITEPA 2003 in accordance with paragraph 51 of Schedule 36 to FA 2004. Step 3 Deduct the amount of any relief under the provisions listed in section 24 of ITA 2007, other than sections 193(4) and 194(1) of FA 2004, to which the individual is entitled for the tax year. Step 4 Deduct the aggregate amount of any relevant contributions, but subject to a maximum of £20,000. Step 5 Add any amount by which what would otherwise be general earnings or specific employment income of the individual for the tax year has been reduced by a post-22 April 2009 salary sacrifice scheme. Step 6 If in the tax year the individual makes, or is treated under section 426 of ITA 2007 as making, a gift that is a qualifying donation for the purposes of Chapter 2 of Part 8 of that Act (gift aid), deduct the grossed up amount of the gift (that is, the amount of the gift grossed up by reference to the basic rate for the tax year). The result is the individual's relevant income for the tax year unless the result is less than £150,000 and the following provisions provide that the individual's relevant income is to be a different amount.
If the amount arrived at under sub-paragraph (1) is less than £150,000, take the steps in that sub-paragraph in relation to—If the result is £150,000 or more for either or both of those earlier tax years the individual's relevant income for the tax year is to be assumed to be £150,000.
the tax year before the tax year concerned, and
the tax year before that.
If there is a scheme the main purpose, or one of the main purposes, of which is to secure that the individual's relevant income for the tax year is less than £150,000, it is to be assumed to be £150,000.
In step 4 in sub-paragraph (1) “relevant contributions” are—
contributions which are relievable pension contributions in relation to the individual and are paid in the tax year,
contributions in respect of which the individual is entitled to a tax reduction under section 788 of ICTA and which are paid in the tax year, and
contributions paid by the individual for which a deduction is given under Chapter 2 of Part 5 of ITEPA 2003 for the tax year in accordance with paragraph 51 of Schedule 36 to FA 2004.
In step 5 in sub-paragraph (1) “a post-22 April 2009 salary sacrifice scheme” is a scheme made on or after 22 April 2009 in pursuance of which—
the individual gives up the right to receive general earnings or specific employment income, and
an employer of the individual or any other person agrees to pay contributions (or additional contributions) to a pension scheme in respect of the individual or otherwise to secure an increase in the amount of benefits to which the individual or any person who is a dependant of, or is connected with, the individual is actually or prospectively entitled under a pension scheme.
Section 993 of ITA 2007 (meaning of “connected” person) applies for the purposes of sub-paragraph (5).
Total adjusted pension input amount: general
The total adjusted pension input amount is to be calculated as follows.
Arrive at an amount in the same way as the total pension input amount would be arrived at for the purposes of the annual allowance charge in accordance with sections 229 to 237 of FA 2004 (assuming that it were necessary to arrive at it for that purpose) but subject to—
the modifications of those sections specified in paragraphs 4 and 5, and
where paragraph 6 applies, the provisions of that paragraph.
Then reduce the amount so arrived at by the aggregate of—and, if the tax year is the tax year 2009-10, any pre-22 April 2009 pension input amount (see paragraph 16).
any protected pension input amounts (see paragraphs 7 to 14), and
any relevant refunded amounts (see paragraph 15),
Total adjusted pension input amount: modifications of sections 229 to 237 of FA 2004
Section 229(3) of FA 2004 (no pension input amount for year in which individual becomes entitled to all benefits under arrangement or dies) has effect for arriving at an amount under paragraph 3(2) in relation to an arrangement only if condition A or B is met.
Condition A is that—
the arrangement is a defined benefits arrangement under a pension scheme,
at the time when the individual becomes entitled to all the benefits that may be provided to the individual under the arrangement or dies, there are at least 20 persons in respect of whom defined benefits arrangements subsist under the pension scheme under which benefits are accruing or scheme pensions are being paid, and
the individual's becoming entitled to any of the benefits that may be provided to or in respect of the individual under the arrangement is not part of a scheme the main purpose, or one of the main purposes, of which is to avoid or reduce liability to the special annual allowance charge, the annual allowance charge or the lifetime allowance charge.
Condition B is that—
the arrangement is under an occupational pension scheme, a public service pension scheme or a group personal pension scheme,
the individual's entitlement to the benefits mentioned in section 229(3)(a) of FA 2004 arises only because the ill-health condition is satisfied, and
the individual's becoming entitled to any of the benefits that may be provided to or in respect of the individual under the arrangement is not part of a scheme the main purpose, or one of the main purposes, of which is to avoid or reduce liability to the special annual allowance charge, the annual allowance charge or the lifetime allowance charge.
Sections 230(1), 233(1) and 234(1) of FA 2004 have effect for arriving at an amount under paragraph 3(2) as if “the pension input period of the arrangement that ends in” were omitted.
Sections 230 to 237 of FA 2004 have effect for arriving at an amount under paragraph 3(2) as if “tax year” were substituted for“ pension input period ”in all other places.
Total adjusted pension input amount: modification in cases of avoidance scheme
This paragraph applies if there is a scheme the main purpose, or one of the main purposes, of which is to avoid or reduce liability to the special annual allowance charge, the annual allowance charge or the lifetime allowance charge by reducing the amount arrived at in accordance with paragraph 3(2) in relation to an arrangement under a pension scheme for the tax year (or for reducing that amount and the amount so arrived at for other tax years).
If the amount calculated under sub-paragraph (3) exceeds that arrived at in accordance with paragraph 3(2) in relation to the arrangement for the tax year, the amount so calculated is to be treated as if it were the amount so arrived at.
The amount is calculated by deducting—
the amount of the consideration that might be expected to be received in respect of an assignment (or assignation) of the benefits to which the individual or any dependant of the individual has a prospective entitlement under the arrangement at the beginning of the tax year, from
the amount of the consideration that might be expected to be received in respect of an assignment (or assignation) of the benefits to which the individual or any dependant of the individual has a prospective entitlement under the arrangement at the end of the tax year.
That calculation is to be made on the assumptions that—
the benefits are capable of assignment (or assignation),
the assignment (or assignation) is by a transaction between parties at arm's length, and
any power to reduce entitlement to the benefits does not exist.
If the arrangement ceases to exist during the tax year, the reference in sub-paragraph (3)(b) to the end of the tax year is to the time immediately before it ceases to exist.
Section 236 of FA 2004 applies for adjusting the amount in sub-paragraph (3)(b) as for adjusting the closing value of an individual's rights as calculated under section 234(5) of that Act (but as if references to the pension input period were to the tax year and whether or not the arrangement is a defined benefits arrangement).
Protected pension input amounts: general
The following paragraphs make provision for protected pension input amounts in respect of arrangements under registered pension schemes—
paragraph 8 makes provision about existing defined benefits arrangements,
paragraph 9 makes provision about existing cash balance arrangements,
paragraph 10 makes provision about other existing money purchase arrangements under occupational pension schemes and public service pension schemes,
paragraph 11 makes provision about other existing money purchase arrangements under other schemes,
paragraph 12 makes provision about existing hybrid arrangements,..., and
paragraph 13A makes provision about single contributions made in accordance with agreements entered into not later than 22 April 2009.
paragraph 13 makes provision about new and re-activated arrangements.
Paragraph 14 makes anti-avoidance provision in relation to all the varieties of arrangements covered by paragraphs 8 to 13A.
Protected pension input amounts: existing defined benefits arrangements
This paragraph applies in respect of a defined benefits arrangement if the arrangement is under an occupational pension scheme or a public service pension scheme.
If the individual pays relevant added years contributions under the arrangement in the tax year, the amount arrived at under paragraph 3(2) in relation to the arrangement is a protected pension input amount to the extent that it is attributable to those contributions.
Relevant added years contributions are contributions paid—
with a view to securing that the calculation of benefits under the arrangement is by reference to a period of service in excess of pensionable service by the individual,
in pursuance of an agreement which was made before noon on 22 April 2009 or made pursuant to a written application received by or on behalf of the scheme administrator of the pension scheme before that time,
on a quarterly or more frequent basis during the period beginning with that date or (if later) when they first became payable and ending with the relevant end date without any failure to pay contributions payable during that period on more than an insignificant number of occasions, and
at a rate which has not increased during that period otherwise than in accordance with an agreement made before noon on 22 April 2009 or made pursuant to a written application received by or on behalf of the scheme administrator of the pension scheme before that time.
To the extent that the amount arrived at under paragraph 3(2) in relation to the arrangement is attributable otherwise than to the paying of relevant added years contributions it is a protected pension input amount if the conditions set out in sub-paragraph (4A) or (4B) are met.
The conditions in this sub-paragraph are that—
benefits have been accruing to or in respect of the individual under the arrangement since before 22 April 2009 and until the relevant end date, and
there is no material change in the rules of the pension scheme under which benefits to or in respect of the individual are calculated under the arrangement in the period beginning with 22 April 2009 and ending with the relevant end date.
The conditions in this sub-paragraph are that—
benefits began accruing to or in respect of the individual under the arrangement on or after 22 April 2009 but before the relevant end date and continued until that date,
the arrangement was made in accordance with the terms of a written agreement between the individual and the employer made not later than 22 April 2009, and
there is no material change in the rules of the pension scheme under which benefits to or in respect of the individual are calculated under the arrangement in the period beginning with the date on which benefits began accruing under that arrangement and ending with the relevant end date.
If the conditions in sub-paragraph (4D) are met, the amount arrived at under paragraph 3(2) in relation to the arrangement which is attributable otherwise than to the paying of relevant added years contributions is a protected pension input amount to the extent specified in sub-paragraph (4F).
The conditions in this sub-paragraph are that—
the arrangement was made no later than the end of the period of 3 months beginning with the date on which the individual ceased being an active member of a pension scheme other than that under which it is an arrangement (“the cessation date”),
the cessation date was on or after 22 April 2009,
the arrangement under that other pension scheme by reference to which the individual was an active member of that pension scheme (“the old arrangement”) was one in the case of which some or all of the benefits accruing under the arrangement were accruing in circumstances in which the amount arrived at under paragraph 3(2) in relation to the old arrangement was to any extent a protected pension input amount by virtue of this paragraph,
the individual does not make more than one arrangement under a pension scheme other than that under which the old arrangement was an arrangement in the period of 3 months beginning with the cessation date,
the individual made the arrangement for one of the reasons set out in sub-paragraph (4E),
the old arrangement has not been re-activated within the meaning of paragraph 13(7) on or after the cessation date,
there is no material difference between the rules of the pension scheme under which benefits to or in respect of the individual are calculated under the arrangement and the rules of the pension scheme under which such benefits were calculated under the old arrangement, and
there is no material change in the rules of the pension scheme under which benefits to or in respect of the individual are calculated under the arrangement in the period beginning with the date on which benefits began accruing under the arrangement and ending with the relevant end date.
The reasons referred to in sub-paragraph (4D)(e) are that—
the individual’s employer had entered into a re-organisation of its pension provisions and the making of the arrangement was a consequence of that re-organisation, or
the making of the arrangement was due to a relevant business transfer within the meaning of paragraph 12(8A) of Schedule 36 to FA 2004.
The amount arrived at under paragraph 3(2) in relation to the arrangement is a protected pension input amount to the extent that it does not exceed the amount which would have been a protected pension input amount in respect of the old arrangement for the accrual period had the old arrangement continued during that period.
The accrual period is the period in the tax year—
beginning with the date on which the individual became an active member of a pension scheme by reference to the arrangement (“the joining date”) or, if the joining date was in an earlier tax year, the first day of the tax year, and
ending with the last day of the tax year or, if earlier, the date on which the individual ceased being an active member of the pension scheme by reference to the arrangement.
If—
there is a material change in the rules of the pension scheme under which benefits are calculated under the arrangement during a period referred to in sub-paragraph (4A)(b), (4B)(c) or (4D)(h), and
the amount arrived at under paragraph 3(2) in relation to the arrangement would have been a protected pension input amount under sub-paragraph (4) or (4C) had it not been for the material change, the amount so arrived at, to the extent that it is attributable otherwise than to the paying of relevant added years contributions, is a protected pension input amount to the extent that it is not attributable to that change.
But even in that case the whole of the amount so arrived at, to the extent that it is so attributable, is a protected pension input amount if the material change affects at least 50 active members of the pension scheme.
In this paragraph “the relevant end date” means the end of the tax year or, if earlier, the time when benefits cease to accrue to or in respect of the individual under the arrangement.
Protected pension input amounts: existing cash balance arrangements
This paragraph applies in respect of a cash balance arrangement if the arrangement is under an occupational pension scheme or a public service pension scheme.
If the individual pays relevant additional voluntary contributions under the arrangement in the tax year, the amount arrived at under paragraph 3(2) in relation to the arrangement is a protected pension input amount to the extent that it is attributable to those contributions.
Relevant additional voluntary contributions are additional voluntary contributions paid—
in pursuance of an agreement which was made before noon on 22 April 2009 or made pursuant to a written application received by or on behalf of the scheme administrator of the pension scheme before that time,
on a quarterly or more frequent basis during the period beginning with that date or (if later) when they first became payable and ending with the relevant end date without any failure to pay contributions payable during that period on more than an insignificant number of occasions, and
at a rate which has not increased during that period otherwise than in accordance with an agreement made before noon on 22 April 2009 or made pursuant to a written application received by or on behalf of the scheme administrator of the pension scheme before that time.
To the extent that the amount arrived at under paragraph 3(2) in relation to the arrangement is attributable otherwise than to the paying of relevant additional voluntary contributions it is a protected pension input amount if the conditions set out in sub-paragraph (4A) or (4B) are met.
The conditions in this sub-paragraph are that—
benefits have been accruing to or in respect of the individual under the arrangement since before 22 April 2009 and until the relevant end date, and
there is no material change in the rules of the pension scheme under which benefits to or in respect of the individual are calculated under the arrangement in the period beginning with 22 April 2009 and ending with the relevant end date.
The conditions in this sub-paragraph are that—
benefits began accruing to or in respect of the individual under the arrangement on or after 22 April 2009 but before the relevant end date and continued until that date,
the arrangement was made in accordance with the terms of a written agreement between the individual and the employer made not later than 22 April 2009, and
there is no material change in the rules of the pension scheme under which benefits to or in respect of the individual are calculated under the arrangement in the period beginning with the date on which benefits began accruing under that arrangement and ending with the relevant end date.
If the conditions in sub-paragraph (4D) are met, the amount arrived at under paragraph 3(2) in relation to the arrangement which is attributable otherwise than to the paying of relevant additional voluntary contributions is a protected pension input amount to the extent specified in sub-paragraph (4E).
The conditions in this sub-paragraph are that—
the arrangement was made no later than the end of the period of 3 months beginning with the date on which the individual ceased being an active member of a pension scheme other than that under which it is an arrangement (“the cessation date”),
the cessation date was on or after 22 April 2009,
the arrangement under that other pension scheme by reference to which the individual was an active member of that pension scheme (“the old arrangement”) was one in the case of which some or all of the benefits accruing under the arrangement were accruing in circumstances in which the amount arrived at under paragraph 3(2) in relation to the old arrangement was to any extent a protected pension input amount by virtue of this paragraph,
the individual does not make more than one arrangement under a pension scheme other than that under which the old arrangement was an arrangement in the period of 3 months beginning with the cessation date,
the individual made the arrangement for one of the reasons set out in paragraph 8(4E),
the old arrangement has not been re-activated within the meaning of paragraph 13(7) on or after the cessation date,
there is no material difference between the rules of the pension scheme under which benefits to or in respect of the individual are calculated under the arrangement and the rules of the pension scheme under which such benefits were calculated under the old arrangement, and
there is no material change in the rules of the pension scheme under which benefits to or in respect of the individual are calculated under the arrangement in the period beginning with the date on which benefits started accruing under the arrangement and ending with the relevant end date.
The amount arrived at under paragraph 3(2) is a protected pension input amount to the extent that it does not exceed the amount which would have been a protected pension input amount in respect of the old arrangement for the accrual period had the old arrangement continued during that period.
For the purposes of sub-paragraph (4E) the accrual period has the meaning set out in paragraph 8(4G).
If—
there is a material change in the rules of a pension scheme under which benefits are calculated under an arrangement during a period referred to in sub-paragraph (4A)(b), (4B)(c) or (4D)(h), and
the amount arrived at under paragraph 3(2) in relation to the arrangement would have been a protected pension input amount under sub-paragraph (4) or (4C) had it not been for the material change, the amount so arrived at, to the extent that it is attributable otherwise than to the paying of relevant additional voluntary contributions, is a protected pension input amount to the extent that it is not attributable to that change.
But even in that case the whole of the amount so arrived at, to the extent that it is so attributable, is a protected pension input amount if the material change affects at least 50 active members of the pension scheme.
In this paragraph “the relevant end date” means the end of the tax year or, if earlier, the time when benefits cease to accrue to or in respect of the individual under the arrangement.
Protected pension input amounts: other existing money purchase arrangements under occupational and public service pension schemes
This paragraph applies in respect of a money purchase arrangement, other than a cash balance arrangement, if the arrangement is under an occupational pension scheme or a public service pension scheme or forms part of a group personal pension scheme.
If the individual pays relevant additional voluntary contributions under the arrangement in the tax year, the amount arrived at under paragraph 3(2) in relation to the arrangement is a protected pension input amount to the extent that it is attributable to those contributions.
Relevant additional voluntary contributions are additional voluntary contributions paid—
in pursuance of an agreement which was made before noon on 22 April 2009 or made pursuant to a written application received by or on behalf of the scheme administrator of the pension scheme before that time,
on a quarterly or more frequent basis during the period beginning with that date of (if later) when they first became payable and ending with the relevant end date without any failure to pay contributions payable during that period on more than an insignificant number of occasions, and
at a rate which has not increased during that period otherwise than in accordance with an agreement made before noon on 22 April 2009 or made pursuant to a written application received by or on behalf of the scheme administrator of the pension scheme before that time.
To the extent that the amount arrived at under paragraph 3(2) in relation to the arrangement is attributable to contributions other than relevant additional voluntary contributions it is a protected pension input amount to the extent specified in—
sub-paragraph (5) if the individual has been an active member of the pension scheme by reference to the arrangement since before 22 April 2009 and until the relevant end date, or
sub-paragraph (5A) if the individual has been an active member of the pension scheme by reference to the arrangement since on or after 22 April 2009 (“the joining date”) and until the relevant end date and the arrangement was entered into in accordance with the terms of a written agreement between the individual and the employer made not later than 22 April 2009.
That amount is a protected pension input amount to the extent that it is attributable to contributions paid—
on a quarterly or more frequent basis since before 22 April 2009 without any failure to pay contributions payable on or after that date on more than an insignificant number of occasions, and
at a rate which has not increased during the period beginning with that date and ending with the relevant end date otherwise than in accordance with an agreement made before noon on 22 April 2009 or made pursuant to a written application received by or on behalf of the scheme administrator of the pension scheme before that time.
That amount is a protected pension input amount to the extent that it is attributable to contributions paid—
on a quarterly or more frequent basis without any failure to pay contributions on or after the joining date on more than an insignificant number of occasions, and
at a rate which has not increased during the period beginning with the joining date and ending with the relevant end date otherwise than in accordance with the agreement referred to in sub-paragraph (4)(b).
To the extent that the amount arrived at under paragraph 3(2) in relation to the arrangement is attributable to contributions other than relevant additional voluntary contributions it is a protected pension input amount to the extent specified in sub-paragraph (5C) if—
the arrangement was made no later than the end of the period of 3 months beginning with the date on which the individual ceased being an active member of a pension scheme other than that under which it is an arrangement (“the cessation date”),
the cessation date was on or after 22 April 2009,
the arrangement under that other pension scheme by reference to which the individual was an active member of that pension scheme (“the old arrangement”) was one in the case of which the amount arrived at under paragraph 3(2) in relation to the old arrangement was to any extent a protected pension input amount by virtue of this paragraph,
the individual did not make more than one such new arrangement in the period of one month beginning with the cessation date,
the individual made the new arrangement for one of the reasons set out in paragraph 8(4E), and
the old arrangement has not been re-activated within the meaning of paragraph 13(7) on or after the cessation date.
The amount is a protected pension input amount to the extent that it is attributable to contributions paid under the arrangement which—
do not exceed the amount which would have been a protected pension input amount as a result of contributions made under the old arrangement for the accrual period had that arrangement continued during that period,
are paid on a quarterly or more frequent basis from the date (“the joining date”) on which the individual became an active member of the pension scheme by reference to the arrangement without any failure to pay contributions payable on or after that date on more than an insignificant number of occasions, and
are paid at a rate which is no higher than the rate at which the contributions under the old arrangement were paid and which has not increased during the period from the joining date and ending with the relevant end date.
For the purposes of sub-paragraph (5C) the accrual period has the meaning set out in paragraph 8(4G).
In this paragraph “the relevant end date” means the end of the tax year or, if earlier, the time when the individual ceases to be an active member of the pension scheme by reference to the arrangement.
Protected pension input amounts: other existing money purchase arrangements under other pension schemes
Sub-paragraph (2) applies in respect of a money purchase arrangement, other than a cash balance arrangement, if—
the arrangement is under a scheme other than an occupational pension scheme or a public service pension scheme and does not form part of a group personal pension scheme, and
the individual has been an active member of the pension scheme by reference to the arrangement since before 22 April 2009 and until the relevant end date.
The amount arrived at under paragraph 3(2) in relation to the arrangement is a protected pension input amount to the extent that it is attributable to contributions paid—
on a quarterly or more frequent basis since before 22 April 2009 without any failure to pay contributions payable on or after that date on more than an insignificant number of occasions, and
at a rate which has not increased during the period beginning with that date and ending with the relevant end date otherwise than in accordance with an agreement made before that date.
If the individual—the references to before 22 April 2009 (and to that date) in sub-paragraphs (1)(b) and (2) are to the date on which the individual became such an active member pursuant to the application.
was not an active member of the pension scheme by reference to the arrangement immediately before 22 April 2009, but
a written application to become such an active member was received by or on behalf of the scheme administrator of the pension scheme before noon on 22 April,
If the individual—the amount arrived at under paragraph 3(2) in relation to the new arrangement is a protected pension input amount to the extent specified in sub-paragraph (3B).
has been an active member of a pension scheme by reference to an arrangement (“the old arrangement”) in circumstances in which the amount arrived at under paragraph 3(2) in relation to the arrangement has been to any extent a protected pension input amount by virtue of this paragraph, and
no later than the end of the period of 3 months beginning with the date on which the individual ceased being an active member of the pension scheme by reference to the old arrangement, made an arrangement (“the new arrangement”) which is a money purchase arrangement other than a cash balance arrangement under a different pension scheme which is neither an occupational pension scheme nor a public service pension scheme and does not form part of a group personal pension scheme,
The amount is a protected pension input amount to the extent that it is attributable to contributions paid under the new arrangement which—
are paid on a quarterly or more frequent basis from the date (“the joining date”) on which the individual became an active member of the pension scheme by reference to the new arrangement without any failure to pay contributions payable on or after that date on more than an insignificant number of occasions, and
are paid at a rate which is no higher than the rate at which contributions under the old arrangement were paid and which has not increased during the period beginning with the joining date and ending with the relevant end date.
Sub-paragraph (3B) does not apply in relation to any contributions made under the new arrangement if—
the old arrangement has been re-activated within the meaning of paragraph 13(7) on or after the joining date, or
the individual has made more than one new arrangement on or after the joining date.
In this paragraph “the relevant end date” means the end of the tax year or, if earlier, the time when the individual ceases to be an active member of the pension scheme by reference to the arrangement.
Protected pension input amounts: existing hybrid arrangements
This paragraph applies in respect of a hybrid arrangement under a pension scheme if any one or more of paragraphs 8 to 11 would be applicable in relation to it.
The amount arrived at under paragraph 3(2) in relation to the arrangement is a protected pension input amount if and to the extent of the greater or greatest amount that it would be if the arrangement were an arrangement under whichever (if any) of paragraphs 8 to 11 are applicable in relation to it.
Paragraph 8 is applicable in relation to it as in relation to a defined benefits arrangement if, in any circumstances, the benefits that may be provided to or in respect of the individual under it are defined benefits.
Paragraph 9 is applicable in relation to it as in relation to a cash balance arrangement if, in any circumstances, the benefits that may be provided to or in respect of the individual under it are cash balance benefits.
Paragraph 10 or 11 is applicable in relation to it as in relation to a money purchase arrangement other than a cash balance arrangement if, in any circumstances, the benefits that may be provided to or in respect of the individual under it are other money purchase benefits.
Protected pension input amounts: new and re-activated arrangements
This paragraph applies in respect of an arrangement if—
the arrangement is made or re-activated on or after 22 April 2009,
the arrangement—
is under an occupational pension scheme or forms part of a group personal pension scheme and (in either case) relates to an employment of the individual, or
is a public service pension scheme,
there is no material change in the rules of the pension scheme under which benefits are calculated under the arrangement in the relevant period or any such material change in the relevant period affects at least 50 active members of the pension scheme, and
throughout the relevant period there are at least 20 persons in respect of whom arrangements subsist under the pension scheme under which benefits are accruing on the same basis as those under the arrangement.
If the arrangement falls within sub-paragraph (1)(b)(i), this paragraph does not apply in respect of it if—
the provision of benefits under it is not part of the normal pattern of pension provision made by the person who is the employer in relation to the employment of the individual for the employees of the employer generally, or
the persons mentioned in sub-paragraph (1)(d) are not employees of that person.
“The relevant period” is the period—
beginning when the arrangement is made or re-activated, and
ending at the same time as the tax year or, if earlier, the time when the individual ceases to be an active member of the pension scheme by reference to the arrangement.
The amount arrived at under paragraph 3(2) in relation to the arrangement is a protected pension input amount except to the extent that it is attributable to the payment of added years contributions or additional voluntary contributions.
“Added years contributions” are contributions paid with a view to securing that the calculation of benefits under the arrangement is by reference to a period of service in excess of pensionable service by the individual.
An arrangement relates to an employment of the individual if—
the earnings by reference to which benefits under the arrangement are calculated are earnings from the employment, or
the person who is the employer in relation to the employment pays contributions under the arrangement in respect of the individual.
An arrangement is “re-activated” if the individual, having ceased to be an active member of the pension scheme by reference to the arrangement, again becomes such a member.
Protected pension input amounts: contribution paid in accordance with agreement entered into on or before 22 April 2009
The amount arrived at under paragraph 3(2) in relation to an arrangement which relates to an employment of the individual is a protected lump sum input amount if it is attributable to a single contribution which—
is paid on or after 22 April 2009, and
is paid, in accordance with the terms of a written agreement between the individual and the employer made not later than 22 April 2009, not later than the date specified for payment in the agreement.
Protected pension input amounts: anti-avoidance
No amount is a protected pension input amount by virtue of any of paragraphs 8 to 13A if the individual is during the tax year a party to a scheme the main purpose, or one of the main purposes, of which is to avoid or reduce liability to the special annual allowance charge, the annual allowance charge or the lifetime allowance charge.
Relevant refunded amounts
The amount arrived at under paragraph 3(2) in relation to an arrangement is a relevant refunded amount to the extent that it does not exceed the amount of a contributions refund lump sum paid to the individual (or the personal representatives of the individual).
A lump sum is a contributions refund lump sum if—
it is paid to the individual by a pension scheme in respect of an arrangement,
it is not a lump sum of any of the descriptions listed in section 166(1) of FA 2004,
it is paid during the period of one year beginning immediately after the end of the tax year,
its amount does not exceed the adjusted contributions amount for the tax year, and
the individual is a high-income individual for the tax year.
The adjusted contributions amount for the tax year is the amount of any relevant relievable pension contributions less any relevant deductions.
“Relevant relievable pension contributions” are contributions which—but subject as follows.
are relievable pension contributions in relation to the individual, and
are paid to the pension scheme under the arrangement in the tax year,
If the pension scheme is an occupational pension scheme or a public service pension scheme or forms part of a group personal pension scheme, contributions are relevant relievable pension contributions only if they—
are additional voluntary contributions, and
are not relevant additional voluntary contributions within the meaning of paragraph 9(3) or 10(3).
If the pension scheme is not an occupational pension scheme or a public service pension scheme and does not form part of a group personal pension scheme—
contributions are not relevant relievable pension contributions if they fall within paragraph 11(2), and
if the tax year is the tax year 2009-10, contributions paid before 22 April 2009 are not relevant relievable pension contributions if they were paid pursuant to an agreement for the payment of contributions on a quarterly or more frequent basis.
“Relevant deductions” are—
the amount of any previous contributions refund lump sum previously paid by the pension scheme since the end of the tax year in respect of the arrangement,
the amount of any pension debit to which the rights of the individual under the arrangement became subject in the tax year,
where during the tax year there was a transfer relating to the individual of any sums or assets held for the purposes of, or representing accrued rights under, the arrangement so as to become held for the purposes of, or to represent rights under any other pension scheme that is a registered pension scheme or a qualifying recognised overseas pension scheme, the amount of any sums, and the market value of any assets, transferred, and
the amount crystallised by any benefit crystallisation events which occurred in relation to the individual and the arrangement in the tax year.
Pre-22 April 2009 pension input amount
This paragraph makes provision for the extent (if any) to which the amount arrived at under paragraph 3(2) in relation to an arrangement is a pre-22 April 2009 pension input amount.
In relation to a defined benefits arrangement or cash balance arrangement, a pre-22 April 2009 pension input amount is such proportion of what would otherwise be the amount arrived at under paragraph 3(2) as, on a just and reasonable apportionment, relates to the period beginning with 6 April 2009 and ending with 21 April 2009.
In relation to a money purchase arrangement that is not a cash balance arrangement, a pre-22 April 2009 pension input amount is so much of the amount of the contributions within section 233 of FA 2004 as are paid in the period beginning with 6 April 2009 and ending with 22 April 2009, other than any contributions paid pursuant to an agreement for the payment of contributions on a quarterly or more frequent basis.
In relation to a hybrid arrangement, a pre-22 April 2009 pension input amount is the greater or greatest of the amounts under the sub-paragraph or sub-paragraphs applicable in relation to it.
For this purpose—
sub-paragraph (2) is applicable in relation to the arrangement if, in any circumstances, the benefits that may be provided to or in respect of the individual under it are defined benefits or cash balance benefits, and
sub-paragraph (3) is applicable in relation to the arrangement if, in any circumstances, the benefits that may be provided to or in respect of the individual under it are other money purchase benefits.
Increased special annual allowance
This paragraph has effect where the mean of the infrequent money purchase contributions amount for the tax years 2006-07, 2007-08 and 2008-09 (“the relevant mean”) exceeds £20,000.
Where the relevant mean is less than £30,000, this Schedule has effect as if the references in paragraph 1(4) and (5) to £20,000 were instead to the relevant mean.
Where the relevant mean is £30,000 or more, this Schedule has effect as if those references were instead to £30,000.
The “infrequent money purchase contributions amount” for a tax year is the aggregate of any relevant contributions paid in the tax year—(and so is nil if no such contributions were so paid).
under money purchase arrangements, other than cash balance arrangements, under registered pension schemes, and
less frequently than on a quarterly basis;
But if the infrequent money purchase contributions amount for a tax year would otherwise be greater than the annual allowance for the tax year, it is to be taken to be the annual allowance for the tax year.
“Relevant contributions” means contributions which are—
relievable pension contributions by or on behalf of the individual, or
contributions paid by an employer of the individual in respect of the individual.
Taxation of contributions refund lump sums
Part 4 of FA 2004 applies in relation to a contributions refund lump sum as if it were a short service refund lump sum in excess of the limit specified in section 205(4)(a) of that Act (so that it is not an unauthorised payment and is liable to tax at the rate chargeable on a short service refund lump sum).
Power to amend
The Treasury may by order made by statutory instrument amend paragraph 1(8) so as to vary the rate of the special annual allowance charge.
An order under sub-paragraph (1) may make provision for there to be different rates in different circumstances.
The Treasury may by order made by statutory instrument amend paragraphs 2 to 18.
An order under sub-paragraph (3) may make provision having effect in relation to times before it is made if it does not increase any person's liability to tax.
No order may be made under sub-paragraph (1) unless a draft of the statutory instrument containing it has been laid before, and approved by a resolution of, the House of Commons.
A statutory instrument containing an order under sub-paragraph (3) is subject to annulment in pursuance of a resolution of the House of Commons.
Currently-relieved non-UK pension schemes
The Treasury may by order made by statutory instrument make provision for this Schedule to apply in relation to individuals who—subject to such modifications as are specified in the order.
are or have been members of currently-relieved non-UK pension schemes, or
have been members of overseas pension schemes that were not currently-relieved non-UK pension schemes,
An order under sub-paragraph (1) may—
include provision having effect in relation to times before it is made,
confer discretion on the Commissioners for Her Majesty's Revenue and Customs or officers of Revenue and Customs, and
make different provision for different cases.
A statutory instrument containing an order under sub-paragraph (1) is subject to annulment in pursuance of a resolution of the House of Commons.
Tax years to which Schedule applies
This Schedule has effect for the tax year 2009-10 and subsequent tax years (with the result that paragraph 18 has effect for the tax year 2010-11 and subsequent tax years).
But the Treasury may by order make provision for this Schedule to cease to have effect after the tax year specified in the order (but so that paragraph 18 continues to have effect for the following tax year).
Minor amendment
In paragraph 49 of Schedule 36 to FA 2004 (annual allowance charge: enhanced protection), insert at the end—
Interpretation
In this Schedule—“group personal pension scheme” means arrangements administered on a group basis under a personal pension scheme which are available to employees of the same employer or of employers which are members of the same group of companies;“personal pension scheme” means a pension scheme that is neither an occupational pension scheme nor a public service pension scheme;“scheme” (otherwise than in the expression “pension scheme”) includes any arrangement, agreement, understanding, transaction or series of transactions (whether or not legally enforceable).
For the purposes of the definition of “group personal pension scheme” a company and all of its 75% subsidiaries form a group; and if any of those subsidiaries have 75% subsidiaries the group includes them and their 75% subsidiaries, and so on; and for this purpose “75% subsidiary” has the meaning given by section 838 of ICTA.
Expressions used in this Schedule and in any provisions of Part 4 of FA 2004 have the same meaning in this Schedule as they have in the provisions of that Part in which they are used.
VAT: place of supply of services etc
Amendments coming into force in 2010
VATA 1994 is amended as follows.
In section 6(14A) (time of supply), omit “In relation to any services of a description specified in an order under section 7(11),”.
Section 7 (place of supply) is amended as follows.
In subsection (1), omit “or services”.
Omit subsection (10).
In subsection (11), omit “or services” (in each place).
In the heading, insert at the end “ of goods ”.
After that section insert—
Section 8 (reverse charge on supplies received from abroad) is amended as follows.
For subsections (1) and (2) substitute—
After subsection (4) insert—
In subsection (5), for “add to, or vary, Schedule 5” substitute “ amend subsection (4A) by altering the descriptions of services specified in that subsection ”.
Omit subsection (6).
In subsection (7)—
for “add to or vary Schedule 5” substitute “ amend subsection (4A) ”, and
for “addition to or variation of that Schedule” substitute “ amendment of that subsection ”.
In subsection (8)—
for “addition to or variation of that Schedule” substitute “ amendment of subsection (4A) ”, and
for “the Schedule” substitute “ that subsection ”.
For section 9 substitute—
Section 43 (groups of companies) is amended as follows.
In subsection (2A)—
in paragraph (a), for “falling within Schedule 5” substitute “ to which section 7A(2)(a) applies made ”, and
in paragraph (c)—
omit “falling within paragraphs 1 to 8 of Schedule 5”, and
insert at the end “and section 7A(2)(a) applied to the supply”.
In subsection (2D)—
in paragraph (c)—
omit “falling within paragraphs 1 to 8 of Schedule 5”, and
insert at the end “ and section 7A(2)(a) applied to the supply ”, and
in the words after the paragraphs, for “falling within that Schedule,” substitute “ to which section 7A(2)(a) applies, ”.
In subsection (2E)(b), for “there are services falling within paragraphs 1 to 8 of Schedule 5 which, if used by the transferor for making supplies falling within that Schedule,” substitute “ there is a supply to which section 7A(2)(a) applies of services which, if used by the transferor for making such a supply, ”.
Section 96 (interpretation) is amended as follows.
In subsection (1), after the definition of “regulations” insert—.
In subsection (8), omit “(subject to any provision made under section 8(6))”.
Section 97(4)(a) (orders subject to requirement of Parliamentary approval after making), after “5(4)” insert “ , 7A(6) ”.
Section 97A(1) (place of supply orders: transitional provision), for “on or after 17th March 1998 under section 7(11)” substitute “ under section 7A(6) ”.
After Schedule 4 insert—
Omit Schedule 5 (services supplied where received).
In Article 5 of the Value Added Tax (Tour Operators) Order 1987 (S.I. 1987/1806)—and treat that article as made under section 7A(6)(c) of VATA 1994 (inserted by paragraph 4).
omit paragraph (1), and
in paragraph (2) after “treated” insert “ for the purposes of this Act ”,
The powers contained in section 7A(6) of VATA 1994 (inserted by paragraph 4) may be exercised at any time on or after the day on which this Act is passed.
The amendments made by paragraph 7 come into force on 1 January 2010; but the references in section 43 of VATA 1994 (as amended by that paragraph) to a supply to which section 7A(2) of that Act applies includes a supply of services falling within paragraphs 1 to 8 of Schedule 5 made before that date.
Subject to that, the amendments made by this Part have effect in relation to supplies made on or after 1 January 2010.
Amendments coming into force in 2011
Admission to cultural, educational and entertainment activities etc
Schedule 4A to VATA 1994 (inserted by paragraph 11) is amended as follows.
Omit paragraph 4.
After paragraph 9 insert—
After paragraph 14 insert—
The amendments made by this Part have effect in relation to supplies made on or after 1 January 2011.
Amendments coming into force in 2013
In Schedule 4A to VATA 1994 (inserted by paragraph 11), after paragraph 13 insert—
The amendment made by this Part has effect in relation to supplies made on or after 1 January 2013.
Transitional provisions
This paragraph applies where—
amendments made by this Schedule provide for a supply of services to be treated as made in the United Kingdom,
the supply would not have fallen to be so treated apart from the amendments, and
the services are treated under the law of a member State other than the United Kingdom as supplied in that member State before the commencement date.
The supply is not to be treated as made in the United Kingdom.
“The commencement date” means the date specified by this Schedule as that on or after which a supply must be made if it is to be treated as made in the United Kingdom by virtue of the amendments.
Stock lending: stamp taxes in the event of insolvency
Stamp duty
FA 1986 is amended as follows.
In Part 3 (stamp duty), after section 80C insert—
In consequence of the amendment made by paragraph 2, section 88(1C) (disregard of certain instruments falling within section 80C(1)) is amended as follows.
At the beginning of the words after paragraph (c) insert “ then, if section 80D does not apply, ”.
Stamp duty reserve tax
Part 4 of FA 1986 (stamp duty reserve tax) is amended as follows.
After section 89AA insert—
Capital allowances for oil decommissioning expenditure
CAA 2001 is amended as follows.
Section 163 (meaning of “general decommissioning expenditure”) is amended as follows.
In subsection (1), for “(3) and (4)” substitute “ (3) to (4) ”.
After subsection (3) insert—
In subsection (5)(b), insert at the beginning “ “abandonment programme”, “approval” and “approved” (in relation to an abandonment programme),”.
Section 164 (general decommissioning expenditure incurred before cessation of ring fence trade) is amended as follows.
For subsection (1) substitute—
In subsection (2)(a), for the words from “the chargeable period” to the end substitute “ the relevant chargeable period, and ”.
In subsection (3)—
in paragraph (a), omit the “and” at the end, and
after that paragraph insert—.
In subsection (4)(a), for the words from “the chargeable period” to the end substitute “ the relevant chargeable period, and ”.
In subsection (5), for the words from “a chargeable period” to the end substitute “ the relevant chargeable period is equal to the amount of the general decommissioning expenditure to which the election relates. ”
After that subsection insert—
Section 165 (general decommissioning expenditure after ceasing ring fence trade) is amended as follows.
In subsection (1), for paragraph (b) substitute—.
After that subsection insert—
In subsection (3)—
after “applies” insert “ in relation to a notional accounting period ”, and
in paragraph (a), after “relevant decommissioning cost” insert “ for that period, or the aggregate of all the relevant decommissioning costs for that period, ”.
In subsection (4), for the definition of “the relevant decommissioning cost” substitute—
After subsection (4A) insert—
After subsection (6) insert—
The amendments made by this Schedule have effect in relation to expenditure incurred on or after 22 April 2009.
PRT: blended oil
Part 5 of FA 1987 (oil taxation) is amended as follows.
For section 63 substitute—
Schedule 12 (supplementary provisions as to blended oil) is amended as follows.
For paragraphs 1 and 2 (and the headings before them) substitute—
In paragraph 3(1)—
for “the Board” (in each place) substitute “ HMRC ”, and
for “paragraph 2(a)” substitute “ paragraph 2(2) ”.
In paragraph 3(2), for “the Board” (in each place) substitute “ HMRC ”.
After paragraph 3(2) insert—
Omit paragraph 4.
The amendments made by this Schedule have effect in relation to chargeable periods beginning after 30 June 2009.
Oil: chargeable gains
Licence swaps
TCGA 1992 is amended as follows.
In section 35(3) (assets held on 31 March 1982, including assets held on 6 April 1965)—
in paragraph (c), omit the “or” at the end, and
after that paragraph insert—.
In section 55 (assets owned on 31 March 1982 or acquired on a no gain/no loss disposal), after subsection (5) insert—
In section 175(2C)(b) (replacement of business assets by members of a group), after “applies” insert “ or is one where, by virtue of section 195B, 195C or 195E, neither a gain nor a loss accrues to the person making the disposal ”.
After section 195 insert—
Section 196 (interpretation of sections 194 and 195) is amended as follows.
In the heading, for “and 195” substitute “ to 195E ”.
In subsection (1), after “section 194” insert “ and this section ”.
After subsection (1A) insert—
In subsection (2), for “and (1A)” substitute “ to (1B) ”.
In subsection (3), after “(1)” insert “ or (1B) ”.
In subsection (5)—
for “and 195” substitute “ to 195E ”,
after the definition of “licence” insert—, and
after the definition of “licensee” insert—.
After subsection (5A) insert—
In Schedule 3 (assets held on 31 March 1982), in paragraph 1(2) (meaning of no gain/no loss disposal), after “provisions” insert “ or any of sections 195B, 195C or 195E ”.
The amendments made by this Part have effect in relation to disposals made on or after 22 April 2009.
Reinvestment of ring fence assets
Amendment of TCGA 1992
TCGA 1992 is amended as follows.
Roll-over relief
In section 198 (replacement of business assets used in connection with oil fields), for subsection (3) substitute—
Alternative to roll-over relief
In section 198 (replacement of business assets used in connection with oil fields), after subsection (2) insert—
After that section insert—
The amendments made by this Part have effect in relation to disposals made on or after 22 April 2009 (whether the acquisition in which the consideration is reinvested takes place before, on or after that date).
Oil assets put to other uses
Petroleum revenue tax
Allowance of decommissioning and restoration expenditure
Section 3 of OTA 1975 (allowance of expenditure) is amended as follows.
In subsection (1C)(b), for “in connection with the field” substitute “ for a qualifying purpose ”.
In subsection (1D), for “in connection with the field” substitute “ for a qualifying purpose ”.
After that subsection insert—
Amounts which are not chargeable tariff receipts
Section 6 of OTA 1983 (amounts which are not chargeable tariff receipts) is amended as follows.
In subsection (4)—
in paragraph (b), insert at the end “or”, and
after that paragraph insert—.
After that subsection insert—
No reduction of allowable expenditure
Paragraph 8 of Schedule 1 to OTA 1983 (allowable expenditure: use of new asset otherwise than in connection with taxable field) is amended as follows.
In sub-paragraph (1)(a) and (b), for “in connection with a taxable field” substitute “ for a qualifying purpose ”.
After sub-paragraph (2) insert—
Commencement
The amendments made by this Part have effect in relation to chargeable periods beginning after 30 June 2009.
Capital allowances
General decommissioning expenditure
Section 163 of CAA 2001 (meaning of “general decommissioning expenditure”) is amended as follows.
In subsection (3)(a), after “use” insert “ wholly or partly ”.
In subsection (4ZA), for paragraphs (a) and (b) substitute—
In subsection (4ZC), for “the purposes of the ring fence trade” substitute “ qualifying purposes ”.
After subsection (4C) insert—
In section 165(4A) of CAA 2001 (general decommissioning expenditure after ceasing ring fence trade), for “abandonment expenditure” substitute “ general decommissioning expenditure ”.
Commencement
The amendments made by paragraph 5 have effect in relation to expenditure incurred on or after 22 April 2009.
The amendment made by paragraph 6 has effect in relation to ring fence trades that cease to be carried on or after 12 March 2008.
PRT: former licensees and former oil fields
Persons who cease to be licensees because of cessation events
OTA 1975 is amended as follows.
Section 12 (interpretation of Part 1) is amended as follows.
In subsection (1), in the definition of “participator”—
for “any”, in the first place, substitute “ a ”,
after paragraph (a) insert—,
in paragraph (b), after “field” insert “ (and who does not fall within paragraph (aa) of this definition) ”,
in paragraph (c), after “paragraph” insert “ (aa) or ”, and
omit the words after paragraph (g).
After that subsection insert—
In Schedule 5 (allowance of expenditure other than abortive exploration expenditure), in paragraph 2C(2)—
in the definition of “current participator”, after “paragraph (a),” insert “ (aa), ”, and
in paragraph (b) of the definition of “former participator”, after “paragraph (a),” insert “ (aa), ”.
The amendments made by this Part have effect in relation to persons who cease to be licensees because of cessation events occurring in chargeable periods that begin after 30 June 2009.
Areas treated as continuing to be oil fields
OTA 1975 is amended as follows.
In section 12(1) (interpretation of Part 1), in the definition of “oil field”, after “this Act” insert “ (which also includes provision about areas that are to be treated as continuing to be oil fields) ”.
Schedule 1 (determination of oil fields) is amended as follows.
Before paragraph 1 insert— “ Areas that are oil fields ”
After paragraph 5 insert—
The amendments made by this Part have effect in relation to areas that cease to be oil fields, or parts of oil fields, in chargeable periods that begin after 30 June 2009.
PRT: abolition of provisional expenditure allowance
Interpretation
In this Schedule—“future chargeable period” means a chargeable period beginning after 30 June 2009;“provisional expenditure allowance” means an amount calculated under section 2(9)(a) of OTA 1975.
Abolition of allowance
No provisional expenditure allowance is to be calculated in respect of a future chargeable period.
Amendments consequential on abolition
Section 2 of OTA 1975 (assessable profits and allowable losses) is amended as follows.
For subsection (8) substitute—
Omit subsections (9)(a), (10) and (11).
In Schedule 17 to FA 1980 (transfers of interests in oil fields), omit paragraph 11 (and the heading before it).
This paragraph has effect in relation to future chargeable periods.
But this paragraph is subject to paragraph 4.
Savings
This paragraph applies if provisional expenditure allowance has been calculated in respect of a pre-abolition chargeable period (“the relevant allowance”).
The saved provisions continue to have effect in future chargeable periods in relation to the relevant allowance and the relevant participator as if those provisions had not been amended by paragraph 3.
In this paragraph—“pre-abolition chargeable period” means a chargeable period that begins before 30 June 2009;“relevant participator” means the participator in respect of which the relevant allowance has been calculated;“the saved provisions” means—section 2(8) and (10) of OTA 1975, and paragraph 11 of Schedule 17 to FA 1980.
Supplementary charge: reduction for certain new oil fields
Reduction of adjusted ring fence profits
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pool of field allowances
Company's pool of field allowances
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Carrying part of pool of field allowances into following period
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Carrying whole of pool of field allowances into following period
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Field allowance: when held and unactivated amount
Initial licensee to hold a field allowance
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Holding a field allowance on acquisition of equity share
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Unactivated amount of a field allowance
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
No change in equity share: activation of allowance
Introduction
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Activation of field allowance
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Change in equity share: activation of allowance
Introduction
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Reference periods
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Activation of field allowance
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Change in equity share: transfer of field allowance
Introduction
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Reduction of field allowance if equity disposed of
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Acquisition of field allowance if equity acquired
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Miscellaneous
Adjustments
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Orders
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Interpretation
New oil fields
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Authorising development
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Qualifying oil fields
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Small oil field
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ultra heavy oil field
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ultra high pressure/high temperature oil field
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total field allowance for new oil field
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other interpretation
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Oil: miscellaneous amendments
OTA 1975
OTA 1975 is amended as follows.
Omit paragraphs 9 and 10 of Schedule 3 (election to have amounts mentioned in section 2(9)(b) and (c) spread).
In consequence of the omission of paragraph 9 of Schedule 3, omit section 9(4).
Omit paragraph 3 of Schedule 4 (allowable expenditure incurred before 13 November 1974).
The repeals made by this paragraph have effect in relation to chargeable periods beginning after 30 June 2009.
OTA 1983
OTA 1983 is amended as follows.
Omit section 9(3) and paragraph 3 of Schedule 3 (receipts from contracts made before 8 May 1982).
In consequence of the omission of subsection (3) of section 9—
in subsection (2) of that section, for “subsections (3) and (4)” substitute “ subsection (4) ”, and
in subsection (4)(b) of that section, for “subsections (1) to (3)” substitute “ subsections (1) and (2) ”.
FA 1993
Schedule 20A to FA 1993 (as inserted by Part 1 of Schedule 33 to FA 2008) is renumbered as Schedule 20B to that Act.
In the following provisions, for “Schedule 20A” substitute “ Schedule 20B ”
section 6(1A) of OTA 1975,
paragraph 15(9A) of Schedule 17 to FA 1980, and
section 185(1ZA)(b) of FA 1993.
ICTA
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Duties of senior accounting officers of qualifying companies
Main duty of senior accounting officer
The senior accounting officer of a qualifying company must take reasonable steps to ensure that the company establishes and maintains appropriate tax accounting arrangements.
The senior accounting officer of a qualifying company must, in particular, take reasonable steps—
to monitor the accounting arrangements of the company, and
to identify any respects in which those arrangements are not appropriate tax accounting arrangements.
Certificate for Commissioners
The senior accounting officer of a qualifying company must provide the Commissioners with a certificate for each financial year of the company.
The certificate must—
state whether the company had appropriate tax accounting arrangements throughout the financial year, and
if it did not, give an explanation of the respects in which the accounting arrangements of the company were not appropriate tax accounting arrangements.
The certificate must be provided—
by such means and in such form as is reasonably specified by an officer of Revenue and Customs, and
not later than the end of the period for filing the company's accounts for the financial year (or such later time as an officer of Revenue and Customs may have allowed).
A certificate may relate to more than one qualifying company.
Notifying Commissioners of name of senior accounting officer
For each financial year a qualifying company must ensure that the Commissioners are notified of the name of each person who was its senior accounting officer at any time during the year.
The notification must be given—
by such means and in such form as is reasonably specified by an officer of Revenue and Customs, and
not later than the end of the period for filing the company's accounts for the financial year (or such later time as an officer of Revenue and Customs may have allowed for providing the certificate for the financial year under paragraph 2).
A notification may relate to more than one qualifying company.
Penalty for failure to comply with main duty
This paragraph applies if a senior accounting officer fails to comply with paragraph 1 at any time in a financial year.
The senior accounting officer is liable to a penalty of £5,000.
A person is not liable to more than one penalty under this paragraph in respect of the same company and the same financial year.
Penalties for failure to provide certificate etc
This paragraph applies if a senior accounting officer—
fails to provide a certificate in accordance with paragraph 2, or
provides a certificate in accordance with that paragraph that contains a careless or deliberate inaccuracy.
The senior accounting officer is liable to a penalty of £5,000.
For the purposes of this Schedule, an inaccuracy is careless if the inaccuracy is due to a failure by the senior accounting officer to take reasonable care.
An inaccuracy in a certificate that was neither careless nor deliberate when the certificate was given is to be treated as careless if the senior accounting officer—
discovered the inaccuracy some time later, and
did not take reasonable steps to inform HMRC.
More than one senior accounting officer
This paragraph applies if the identity of the senior accounting officer of a company changes.
If (but for this sub-paragraph) more than one person would be liable to a penalty under paragraph 4 in respect of a financial year of the company, only the one who became the senior accounting officer latest in the year is liable to such a penalty.
If a person who is or has been the senior accounting officer of the company complies, or purports to comply, with paragraph 2 in respect of a financial year, no other person is liable to a penalty under paragraph 5 in respect of that company and that financial year.
A person who is replaced as the senior accounting officer of the company before the last day for compliance with paragraph 2 in respect of a financial year is not liable to a penalty under paragraph 5(1)(a) for failing to comply with that paragraph in respect of that company and that financial year.
Penalty for failure to notify Commissioners of name of senior accounting officer
A qualifying company is liable to a penalty of £5,000 if, for a financial year, the Commissioners are not notified of the name or names of its senior accounting officer or officers in accordance with paragraph 3.
Reasonable excuse
Liability to a penalty for a failure to comply with this Schedule does not arise if the senior accounting officer or qualifying company satisfies HMRC or (on an appeal notified to the tribunal) the tribunal that there is a reasonable excuse for the failure.
For the purposes of this paragraph—
an insufficiency of funds is not a reasonable excuse unless attributable to events outside the person's control,
where the person relies on any other person to do anything, that is not a reasonable excuse unless the first person took reasonable care to avoid the failure, and
where the person had a reasonable excuse for the failure but the excuse has ceased, the person is to be treated as having continued to have the excuse if the failure is remedied without unreasonable delay after the excuse ceased.
Assessment of penalties
Where a senior accounting officer or a qualifying company becomes liable for a penalty under this Schedule—
HMRC may assess the penalty, and
if they do so, they must notify the officer or company liable for the penalty.
An assessment of a penalty under this Schedule for a failure in respect of a financial year, or an inaccuracy in a certificate for a financial year, may not be made—
more than 6 months after the failure or inaccuracy first comes to the attention of an officer of Revenue and Customs, or
more than 6 years after the end of the period for filing the company's accounts for the financial year.
HMRC may not assess a person who is the senior accounting officer of a company (“C”) as liable to a penalty under paragraph 4 or 5 for a financial year (“the relevant financial year”) if—
at any time in the relevant financial year the person was the senior accounting officer of another company that was a member of the same group as C, and
HMRC has assessed the person as liable, as the senior accounting officer of the other company, to a penalty under that paragraph for a financial year that ends on a day in the relevant financial year.
HMRC may not assess a company (“C”) as liable to a penalty under paragraph 7 for a financial year (“the relevant financial year”) if—
C was a member of a group at the end of that year, and
HMRC has assessed another company that was a member of the same group as C at that time as liable to a penalty under that paragraph—
for its financial year ending on the same day as the relevant financial year, or
if its financial year does not end on that day, for its financial year ending last before that day.
Appeal
A person may appeal against a decision of HMRC that a penalty is payable by that person.
Notice of an appeal must be given—
in writing,
before the end of the period of 30 days beginning with the date on which the notification under paragraph 9 was issued, and
to HMRC.
Notice of an appeal must state the grounds of appeal.
On an appeal that is notified to the tribunal, the tribunal may confirm or cancel the decision.
Subject to this paragraph and paragraph 11, the provisions of Part 5 of TMA 1970 relating to appeals have effect in relation to appeals under this Schedule as they have effect in relation to an appeal against an assessment to income tax.
Enforcement of penalties
A penalty under this Schedule must be paid—
before the end of the period of 30 days beginning with the date on which the notification under paragraph 9 was issued, or
if a notice of appeal against the penalty is given, before the end of the period of 30 days beginning with the date on which the appeal is determined or withdrawn.
A penalty under this Schedule may be enforced as if it were income tax charged in an assessment and due and payable.
Power to change amount of penalties
If it appears to the Treasury that there has been a change in the value of money since the last relevant date, they may by regulations substitute for the sums for the time being specified in paragraphs 4, 5 and 7 such other sums as appear to them to be justified by the change.
In sub-paragraph (1), in relation to a specified sum, “relevant date” means—
the date on which this Act is passed, and
in relation to that sum, each date on which the power conferred by that sub-paragraph has been exercised.
Regulations under this paragraph do not apply to—
a failure that occurs in respect of a financial year of a company that begins before the date on which they come into force, or
an inaccuracy in a certificate that was provided to HMRC in respect of such a financial year.
Application of provisions of TMA 1970
Subject to the provisions of this Schedule, the following provisions of TMA 1970 apply for the purposes of this Schedule as they apply for the purposes of the Taxes Acts—
section 108 (responsibility of company officers),
section 114 (want of form), and
section 115 (delivery and service of documents).
Meaning of “appropriate tax accounting arrangements”
“Appropriate tax accounting arrangements” means accounting arrangements that enable the company's relevant liabilities to be calculated accurately in all material respects.
“Accounting arrangements” includes arrangements for keeping accounting records.
“Relevant liabilities”, in relation to a company, means liabilities in respect of—
corporation tax (including any amount assessable or chargeable as if it were corporation tax),
value added tax,
amounts for which the company is accountable under PAYE regulations,
insurance premium tax,
stamp duty land tax,
stamp duty reserve tax,
petroleum revenue tax,
customs duties, and
excise duties.
Meaning of “qualifying company”
A company is a qualifying company in relation to a financial year if the qualification test was satisfied in the previous financial year (subject to any regulations under sub-paragraph (8)).
The qualification test is that the company satisfied either or both of the following requirements—
If the company was not a member of a group at the end of the previous financial year—
“relevant turnover” means the company's turnover, and
“relevant balance sheet total” means the company's balance sheet total.
If the company was a member of a group at the end of the previous financial year—
“relevant turnover” means the aggregate turnover of the company (“C”) and any other company that was a member of the same group as C at the end of C's previous financial year, and
“relevant balance sheet total” means the aggregate balance sheet totals of C and any such company.
If the financial year of a company that was a member of the same group as C does not end on the same day as C's previous financial year, the figures for that company that are to be included in the aggregate figures are the figures for that company's financial year ending last before the end of C's previous financial year.
“Turnover”, in relation to a company, has the same meaning as in Part 15 of the Companies Act 2006 (see section 474 of that Act).
“Balance sheet total”, in relation to a company and a financial year, means the aggregate of the amounts shown as assets in the company's balance sheet as at the end of the financial year.
The Treasury may by regulations provide that a company of a description specified in the regulations is not a qualifying company for the purposes of this Schedule.
Meaning of “senior accounting officer”
“Senior accounting officer”, in relation to a company that is not a member of a group, means the director or officer who, in the company's reasonable opinion, has overall responsibility for the company's financial accounting arrangements.
“Senior accounting officer”, in relation to a company that is a member of a group, means the group director or officer who, in the company's reasonable opinion, has overall responsibility for the company's financial accounting arrangements.
“Group director or officer”, in relation to a company, means a director or officer of the company or of a relevant body that is a member of the same group as the company.
A person may be the senior accounting officer of more than one company.
Regulations
Regulations under this Schedule are to be made by statutory instrument.
A statutory instrument containing regulations under this Schedule is subject to annulment in pursuance of a resolution of the House of Commons.
Other definitions
In this Schedule—“the Commissioners” means the Commissioners for Her Majesty's Revenue and Customs;“company” has the same meaning as in the Companies Acts (see section 1(1) of the Companies Act 2006) but does not include a company that is an open-ended investment company (within the meaning of section 613 of CTA 2010) or an investment trust (within the meaning of section 1158 of CTA 2010);“financial year”, in relation to a company, has the same meaning as in the Companies Act 2006 (see section 390 of that Act);“HMRC” means Her Majesty's Revenue and Customs;“period for filing”, in relation to accounts, has the same meaning as in the Companies Acts (see section 442 of the Companies Act 2006);“relevant body” means a company or other body corporate but does not include a limited liability partnership;“tribunal” means the First-tier Tribunal or, where determined by or under Tribunal Procedure Rules, the Upper Tribunal.
For the purposes of this Schedule—
a relevant body is a member of a group if—
another relevant body is its 51 per cent subsidiary, or
it is a 51 per cent subsidiary of another relevant body, and
two relevant bodies are members of the same group if—
one is a 51 per cent subsidiary of the other, or
both are 51 per cent subsidiaries of a third relevant body.
Chapter 3 of Part 24 of CTA 2010 (meaning of “51 per cent subsidiary”) applies for the purposes of this Schedule as it applies for the purposes of the Corporation Tax Acts (subject to the modification in sub-paragraph (4)).
It applies as if references in that Chapter to a body corporate were to a relevant body.
Amendment of information and inspection powers
Schedule 36 to FA 2008 (information and inspection powers) is amended as follows.
Paragraph 3 (approval etc of taxpayer notices and third party notices) is amended as follows.
After sub-paragraph (2) insert—
In sub-paragraph (3)(c), after “is” insert “ to be ”.
Paragraph 5 (power to obtain information and documents about persons whose identity is not known) is amended as follows.
After sub-paragraph (3) insert—
In sub-paragraph (4), for “give its approval for the purpose of” substitute “ approve the giving of a notice under ”.
In paragraph 6 (notices), insert at the end—
Paragraph 10 (power to inspect business premises etc) is amended as follows.
In sub-paragraph (3), in the definition of “business assets”, for “, excluding documents” substitute “ (but see sub-paragraph (4)) ”.
After that sub-paragraph insert—
Paragraph 11 (power to inspect premises used in connection with taxable supplies etc) is amended as follows.
In sub-paragraph (1)—
in paragraph (a), after “supplied” insert “ or documents relating to such goods ”,
in paragraph (b), after “acquired” insert “ or documents relating to such goods ”, and
in paragraph (c), after “as” insert “ or in connection with ”.
In sub-paragraph (2)(c), for “such goods” substitute “ the supply of goods under taxable supplies, the acquisition of goods from other member States under taxable acquisitions or fiscal warehousing ”.
In sub-paragraph (4)—
for “sub-paragraph (1)” substitute “ this paragraph ”, and
for “in that sub-paragraph” substitute “ here ”.
In paragraph 12(5) (carrying out inspections)—
for “with the approval of” substitute “ in respect of an inspection approved by ”, and
for “it is given with that approval” substitute “ the inspection has been so approved ”.
Paragraph 13 (approval of inspections) is amended as follows.
After sub-paragraph (1) insert—
Insert at the end—
Paragraph 21 (taxpayer notices) is amended as follows.
In sub-paragraph (6), after “that” (in the first place) insert “ , as regards the person, ”.
In sub-paragraph (7), for “that” (in the third place) substitute “ the ”.
In sub-paragraph (8)—
after “repayments” insert “ of tax or withholding of income ”, and
after “64(2)” insert “ or (2A) ”.
After sub-paragraph (8) insert—
Paragraph 35 (special cases: groups of undertakings) is amended as follows.
In sub-paragraph (2)—
for “paragraph 2” substitute, and
insert at the end
For sub-paragraph (4) substitute—
In sub-paragraph (5), for the words after “the notice” substitute
Omit sub-paragraph (6).
Paragraph 37 (special cases: partnerships) is amended as follows.
For sub-paragraph (2) substitute—
In sub-paragraph (3)—
omit “to any person (other than one of the partners)”,
for “paragraph 2” substitute, and
insert at the end
In sub-paragraph (4)—
after “notice” insert “ given to a person other than one of the partners ”, and
in paragraph (b), for “each of the partners” substitute “ any of the partners in the partnership ”.
For sub-paragraph (5) substitute—
In sub-paragraph (6), for the words after “the notice” substitute
Omit sub-paragraph (7).
After paragraph 37 insert—
Paragraph 39 (standard penalties) is amended as follows.
In sub-paragraph (2), for “A person to whom this paragraph applies” substitute “ The person ”.
In the heading—
omit “Standard”, and
insert at the end “for failure to comply or obstruction”.
In the heading before paragraph 40 (daily default penalties), insert at the end “ ; for failure to comply or obstruction ”
After that paragraph insert—
Paragraph 41 (power to change amount of penalties) is amended as follows.
In sub-paragraph (1), for “and 40(2)” substitute “ , 40(2) and 40A(5) ”.
In sub-paragraph (2)—
after “(1)” insert “ , in relation to a specified sum, ”, and
in paragraph (b), insert at the end “in relation to that sum”.
In sub-paragraph (3)—
after “to” insert, and
insert at the end
Accordingly, in the heading omit “standard and daily default”.
Paragraph 46 (assessment of penalty) is amended as follows.
In sub-paragraph (1)—
for “or 40” substitute “ , 40 or 40A ”,
omit “HMRC may”,
at the beginning of paragraph (a), insert “ HMRC may ”, and
at the beginning of paragraph (b), insert “ if they do so, they must ”.
In sub-paragraph (2), for “within 12 months of the relevant date” substitute “ within the period of 12 months beginning with the date on which the person became liable to the penalty, subject to sub-paragraph (3) ”.
For sub-paragraph (3) substitute—
Accordingly, in the heading omit “standard penalty or daily default”.
Paragraph 47 (right to appeal) is amended as follows.
In paragraph (a), for “or 40” substitute “ , 40 or 40A ”.
Accordingly, in the heading, omit “standard penalty or daily default”.
In the heading before paragraph 48 (procedure on appeal), omit “standard penalty or daily default”.
Paragraph 49 (enforcement) is amended as follows.
In sub-paragraph (1), for “or 40” substitute “ , 40 or 40A ”.
In sub-paragraph (2), for “or 40” substitute “ , 40 or 40A ”.
Accordingly, in the heading, omit “standard penalty or daily default”.
Paragraph 63 (tax) is amended as follows.
In sub-paragraph (3)—
omit the “and” at the end of paragraph (a), and
for the words following paragraph (b) substitute
After that sub-paragraph insert—
Paragraph 64 (tax position) is amended as follows.
In sub-paragraph (1)(c), after “with” insert “ the person's liability to pay ”.
After sub-paragraph (2) insert—
Extension of information and inspection powers
Schedule 36 to FA 2008 (information and inspection powers) is amended as follows.
In paragraph 5(4)(b) (power to obtain information and documents about persons whose identity is not known), for the words from “, VATA 1994” to the end substitute “ or any other enactment relating to UK tax ”.
After paragraph 10 insert—
Paragraph 12 (carrying out inspections) is amended as follows.
In sub-paragraph (1), for “this Part of this Schedule” substitute “ paragraph 10, 10A or 11 ”.
Accordingly, in the heading, insert at the end “under paragraph 10, 10A or 11”.
After that paragraph insert—
Paragraph 13 (approval of tribunal) is amended as follows.
In sub-paragraph (1), insert at the end “(and for the effect of obtaining such approval see paragraph 39 (penalties))”.
In sub-paragraph (1A) (inserted by Schedule 47), insert at the end “ (except as required under sub-paragraph (2A)) ”.
In sub-paragraph (2), after “an inspection” insert “ under paragraph 10, 10A or 11 ”.
After that sub-paragraph insert—
In paragraph 17(b) (power to record information), after “premises,” insert “ property, goods, ”.
Paragraph 21 (restrictions on giving taxpayer notices) is amended as follows.
In sub-paragraph (7), for “VAT position” substitute “ position as regards any tax other than income tax, capital gains tax or corporation tax ”.
In the heading, insert at the end “following tax return”.
After that paragraph insert—
In paragraph 28 (restrictions on inspection of business documents), and in the heading before that paragraph, omit “business”.
After paragraph 34 insert—
In paragraph 35 (special cases: groups of undertakings), in sub-paragraph (4A)(c) (inserted by Schedule 47)—
for “paragraph 21” substitute “ paragraphs 21 and 21A ”, and
for “applies” substitute “ apply ”.
In paragraph 37 (special cases: partnerships), after sub-paragraph (2) insert—
After paragraph 61 insert—.
Paragraph 62 (meaning of “statutory records”) is amended as follows.
In sub-paragraph (1), for paragraph (b) substitute—.
In sub-paragraph (2)(b), for “VATA 1994 or any other enactment relating to value added tax” substitute “ any other enactment relating to a tax ”.
Powers to obtain contact details for debtors
Requirement for contact details for debtor
This Schedule applies where—
a sum is payable by a person (“the debtor”) to the Commissioners under or by virtue of an enactment or under a contract settlement,
an officer of Revenue and Customs reasonably requires contact details for the debtor for the purpose of collecting that sum,
the officer has reasonable grounds to believe that a person (“the third party”) has any such details, and
the condition in sub-paragraph (2) is met.
That condition is that—
the third party is a company, a local authority or a local authority association, or
the officer has reasonable grounds to believe that the third party obtained the details in the course of carrying on a business.
This Schedule does not apply if—
the third party is a charity and obtained the details in the course of providing services free of charge, or
the third party is not a charity but obtained the details in the course of providing services on behalf of a charity that are free of charge to the recipient of the service.
Power to obtain details
An officer of Revenue and Customs may by notice in writing require the third party to provide the details.
The notice must name the debtor.
Complying with notices
If a notice is given to the third party under this Schedule, the third party must provide the details—as is reasonably specified or described in the notice.
within such period, and
at such time, by such means and in such form (if any),
Right to appeal
The third party may appeal against the notice or any requirement in the notice on the ground that it would be unduly onerous to comply with the notice or requirement.
Paragraph 32 of Schedule 36 to FA 2008 (procedure on appeal to tribunal) applies to an appeal under this paragraph as it applies to an appeal relating to a notice under that Schedule.
Penalty
This paragraph applies if the third party fails to comply with the notice.
The third party is liable to a penalty of £300.
Paragraphs 44 to 49 and 52 of Schedule 36 to FA 2008 (assessment and enforcement of penalties etc) apply in relation to a penalty under this paragraph as they apply in relation to a penalty under paragraph 39(1)(a) of that Schedule (and references in those provisions to an information notice include a notice under this Schedule).
Power to change amount of penalty
If it appears to the Treasury that there has been a change in the value of money since the last relevant date, they may by regulations substitute for the sum for the time being specified in paragraph 5 such other sum as appears to them to be justified by the change.
In sub-paragraph (1) “relevant date” means—
the date on which this Act is passed, and
each date on which the power conferred by that sub-paragraph has been exercised.
Regulations under this paragraph do not apply to any failure which began before the date on which they come into force.
Regulations made by the Treasury under this paragraph are to be made by statutory instrument.
A statutory instrument containing regulations under this paragraph is subject to annulment in pursuance of a resolution of the House of Commons.
Application of provisions of TMA 1970
Subject to the provisions of this Schedule, the following provisions of TMA 1970 apply for the purposes of this Schedule as they apply for the purposes of the Taxes Acts—
section 108 (responsibility of company officers),
section 114 (want of form), and
section 115 (delivery and service of documents).
General interpretation
In this Schedule—“business” includes—a profession, and a property business;...“the Commissioners” means the Commissioners for Her Majesty's Revenue and Customs;“contact details”, in relation to a person, means the person's address and any other information about how the person may be contacted;“contract settlement” means an agreement made in connection with any person's liability to make a payment to the Commissioners under or by virtue of an enactment;“enactment” includes subordinate legislation (within the meaning of the Interpretation Act 1978);“local authority” has the meaning given in section 999 of ITA 2007;“local authority association” has the meaning given in section 1000 of that Act;“property business” has the same meaning as in ITTOIA 2005 (see section 263(6) of that Act).
Record-keeping
Insurance premium tax
Paragraph 1 of Schedule 7 to FA 1994 (insurance premium tax: records) is amended as follows.
In sub-paragraph (3)—
after “may” insert, and
insert at the end—
For sub-paragraphs (4) to (6) substitute—
In consequence of the amendment made by paragraph 1(3), in the Criminal Procedure (Consequential Provisions) (Scotland) Act 1995, in Schedule 4, omit paragraph 89(4)(a).
Stamp duty land tax
Part 4 of FA 2003 (stamp duty land tax) is amended as follows.
Schedule 10 (stamp duty land tax: returns, enquiries, assessments and appeals) is amended in accordance with paragraphs 5 to 7.
Paragraph 9 (duty to keep and preserve records) is amended as follows.
In sub-paragraph (2), for “for six years after the effective date of the transaction and until any later” substitute “ until the end of the later of the relevant day and the ”.
After that sub-paragraph insert—
After sub-paragraph (3) insert—
For paragraph 10 (preservation of information instead of original records) substitute—
Accordingly, in the heading before paragraph 10, for “instead of original records” substitute “ etc ”.
Schedule 11 (record-keeping where transaction is not notifiable) is amended in accordance with paragraphs 9 to 11.
Paragraph 4 (duty to keep and preserve records) is amended as follows.
In sub-paragraph (2), for “for six years after the effective date of the transaction” substitute
After sub-paragraph (3) insert—
For paragraph 5 (preservation of information instead of original records) substitute—
Accordingly, in the heading before paragraph 5, for “instead of original records” substitute “ etc ”.
Schedule 11A (claims not included in returns) is amended in accordance with paragraphs 13 and 14.
Paragraph 3 (duty to keep and preserve records) is amended as follows.
Omit sub-paragraphs (3) and (4).
After sub-paragraph (4) insert—
After that paragraph insert—
Aggregates levy
Schedule 7 to FA 2001 (aggregates levy: information and evidence etc) is amended as follows.
Paragraph 2 (records) is amended as follows.
For sub-paragraphs (4) and (5) substitute—
In sub-paragraph (9), omit “approval or” and “given or”.
Omit paragraph 3 (evidence of records that are required to be preserved).
Climate change levy
Schedule 6 to FA 2000 (climate change levy) is amended as follows.
Paragraph 125 (records) is amended as follows.
For sub-paragraphs (4) and (5) substitute—
In sub-paragraph (9), omit “approval or” and “given or”.
Omit paragraph 126 (evidence of records that are required to be preserved).
Landfill tax
In paragraph 2 of Schedule 5 to FA 1996 (landfill tax: records), for sub-paragraphs (4) to (7) substitute—
Time limits for assessments, claims etc
Insurance premium tax
Schedule 7 to FA 1994 (insurance premium tax) is amended as follows.
In paragraph 8(4) (recovery of overpaid tax), for “three years” substitute “ 4 years ”.
In paragraph 22(9) (interest payable by Commissioners), for “three years” substitute “ 4 years ”.
Paragraph 26 (assessments: time limits) is amended as follows.
In sub-paragraph (1), for the words from “three years after”, in the first place, to the end substitute “ 4 years after the relevant event ”.
After that sub-paragraph insert—
In sub-paragraph (3), for “sub-paragraph (1)” substitute “ sub-paragraph (1A) ”.
For sub-paragraph (4) substitute—
Inheritance tax
IHTA 1984 is amended as follows.
In section 131 (transfers within 7 years before death: the relief), after subsection (2) insert—
In section 146(2)(a) (Inheritance (Provision for Family and Dependants) Act 1975), after “claim for the purpose” insert “ not more than 4 years after the date on which the order is made ”.
In section 150 (voidable transfers), insert at the end—
In section 179 (sale of shares etc from deceased's estate: the relief), after subsection (2) insert—
In section 191 (sale of land from deceased's estate: the relief), after subsection (1) insert—
Section 240 (underpayments) is amended as follows.
In subsection (2), for “six years” substitute “ 4 years ”.
For subsection (3) substitute—
After that section insert—
In section 241(1) (overpayments), for “six years” substitute “ 4 years ”.
Stamp duty land tax
Part 4 of FA 2003 (stamp duty land tax) is amended as follows.
Schedule 10 (returns, enquiries, assessments and appeals) is amended as follows.
In paragraph 25(3) (determination of tax chargeable if no return delivered), for “six years” substitute “ 4 years ”.
In paragraph 27(2)(a) (determination superseded by actual self-assessment), for “six years” substitute “ 4 years ”.
Paragraph 31 (time limit for assessment) is amended in accordance with sub-paragraphs (5) to (8).
In sub-paragraph (1), for “six years” substitute “ 4 years ”.
For sub-paragraph (2) substitute—
In sub-paragraph (4)(a), for “three years” substitute “ 4 years ”.
After sub-paragraph (5) insert—
After paragraph 31 insert—
In paragraph 34(2) (relief in case of mistake in return), for “six years” substitute “ 4 years ”.
Paragraph 8 of Schedule 14 (time limit for determination of penalties) is amended as follows.
In sub-paragraph (2)—
for “six years” substitute “ 4 years ”, and
after “began to be incurred” insert “ (“the relevant date”) ”.
In sub-paragraph (3), insert at the end “(subject to any of the following provisions of this paragraph allowing a longer period)”.
After sub-paragraph (4) insert—
Petroleum revenue tax
OTA 1975 is amended as follows.
The Table in paragraph 1(1) of Schedule 2 (applying provisions of TMA 1970 in relation to management and collection of petroleum revenue tax) is amended as follows.
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
In paragraph 10 of Schedule 2 (assessments to tax and determinations of loss etc), after sub-paragraph (1) insert—
Paragraph 12 of Schedule 2 (further assessments and determinations) is amended as follows.
After sub-paragraph (1) insert—
In sub-paragraph (2)—
omit “(notwithstanding anything in section 34 of the Taxes Management Act 1970 (ordinary time limit for assessment))”,
for “six years” substitute “ 4 years ”, and
insert at the end “(subject to paragraphs 12A and 12B)”.
In paragraph 12A(1) of Schedule 2 (time limit for assessment following extension of time for delivery of return), for “five years” substitute “ 4 years ”.
In that Schedule, after paragraph 12A insert—
Paragraph 2 of Schedule 5 (allowance of expenditure other than abortive exploration expenditure: claim period) is amended as follows.
In sub-paragraph (1), for “six years” substitute “ 4 years ”.
In sub-paragraph (7)—
in paragraph (c), for “four years” substitute “ 2 years ”, and
in the words after that paragraph, for “six years” substitute “ 4 years ”.
Paragraph 9 of Schedule 5 (allowance of expenditure other than abortive exploration expenditure: notice of variation) is amended as follows.
In sub-paragraph (1)—
omit the words from “, within” to “field,”,
for “in the notice” substitute “ in a notice of a decision under paragraph 3 above given to the responsible person for an oil field ”, and
for “that period” substitute “ the permitted period ”.
Omit sub-paragraphs (1A) to (1C) and (2A).
After sub-paragraph (2A) insert—
Omit sub-paragraph (11).
Insert at the end—
Schedule 6 (allowance of expenditure (other than abortive exploration expenditure) on claim by participator) is amended as follows.
In paragraph 1(2) (claim period), for “six years” substitute “ 4 years ”.
In paragraph 2 (applying provisions of Schedule 5), in the Table, in the entry relating to paragraph 9 of Schedule 5, omit the words in the second column.
the words “In sub-paragraph (1C) omit paragraph (c)” and “omit sub-paragraph (2A)”, and
the words from “and in sub-paragraph (11)” to the end.
Aggregates levy
Part 2 of FA 2001 (aggregates levy) is amended as follows.
In section 32(1) (repayments of overpaid aggregates levy), for “three years” substitute “ 4 years ”.
Paragraph 4 of Schedule 5 (time limits for assessments) is amended as follows.
In sub-paragraph (1)(b), for “three years” substitute “ 4 years ”.
For sub-paragraph (3) substitute—
In sub-paragraph (4)—
in paragraph (a), for “three years” substitute “ 4 years ”, and
omit paragraph (b) (and the “and” before it).
In paragraph 2(10) of Schedule 8 (interest payable by Commissioners), for “three years” substitute “ 4 years ”.
Paragraph 4 of Schedule 10 (time limits on penalty assessments) is amended as follows.
In sub-paragraph (1), for “three years” substitute “ 4 years ”.
For sub-paragraph (2) substitute—
In sub-paragraph (3)—
in paragraph (a), for “three years” substitute “ 4 years ”, and
omit paragraph (b) (and the “and” before it).
Climate change levy
Schedule 6 to FA 2000 (climate change levy) is amended as follows.
In paragraph 64(1) (repayments of overpaid climate change levy), for “three years” substitute “ 4 years ”.
In paragraph 66(10) (interest payable by the Commissioners), for “three years” substitute “ 4 years ”.
Paragraph 80 (time limits for assessments) is amended as follows.
In sub-paragraph (1)(b), for “three years” substitute “ 4 years ”.
For sub-paragraph (3) substitute—
In sub-paragraph (4)—
in paragraph (a), for “three years” substitute “ 4 years ”, and
omit paragraph (b) (and the “and” before it).
Paragraph 108 (time limits on penalty assessments) is amended as follows.
In sub-paragraph (1), for “three years” substitute “ 4 years ”.
For sub-paragraph (2) substitute—
In sub-paragraph (3)—
in paragraph (a), for “three years” substitute “ 4 years ”, and
omit paragraph (b) (and the “and” before it).
Landfill tax
Schedule 5 to FA 1996 (landfill tax) is amended as follows.
In paragraph 14(4) (recovery of overpaid tax), for “three years” substitute “ 4 years ”.
In paragraph 29(8) (interest payable by Commissioners), for “three years” substitute “ 4 years ”.
Paragraph 33 (assessments: time limits) is amended as follows.
In sub-paragraph (1)—
for “three years” (in the first place) substitute “ 4 years ”, and
for the words from “the end of” to the end substitute “ the relevant event ”.
After that sub-paragraph insert—
In sub-paragraph (3), for “sub-paragraph (1)” substitute “ sub-paragraph (1A) ”.
For sub-paragraph (4) substitute—
In sub-paragraph (5)—
in paragraph (a), for “three years” substitute “ 4 years ”, and
omit paragraph (b) (and the “and” before it).
Minor and consequential provision
In section 36 of TMA 1970 (loss of tax brought about carelessly or deliberately etc), in subsections (2) and (3), for “for the purpose” substitute “ in a case ”.
In Schedule 39 to FA 2008, omit paragraph 66 (saving for provisions of TMA 1970 as applied by OTA 1975).
In consequence of the amendments made by this Schedule, omit—
in FA 1990, section 122, and
in FA 1997, in Schedule 5, paragraph 6(2)(b) and (c).
Recovery of overpaid tax etc
Income tax and capital gains tax
Claims for recovery of overpaid tax etc
In TMA 1970, for sections 33 and 33A substitute—
After Schedule 1AA to that Act insert—
Consequential amendments
TMA 1970 is amended as follows.
For the heading before section 32 substitute “Overpaid tax, excessive assessments etc”.
Section 43A (further assessments etc) is amended as follows.
After subsection (2A) insert—
In subsection (3), for “a claim” substitute “ any other claim ”.
In paragraph 1 of Schedule 1A (claims etc not included in returns), in the definition of “partnership claim”, after “46(2)(b) of” insert “ , or paragraph 5 of Schedule 1AB to, ”.
Paragraph 4 of that Schedule (giving effect to claims and amendments) is amended as follows.
In sub-paragraph (1)—
for “and (4)” substitute “ to (5) ”, and
omit “and to any other provision in the Taxes Acts which otherwise provides”.
In sub-paragraph (2), for “and (4)” substitute “ to (5) ”.
Insert at the end—
In Schedule 3ZA (date by which payment to be made after amendment or correction of self-assessment), omit paragraph 10 (amendment following claim for error or mistake relief).
Section 70H of CAA 2001 (lessee: requirement for tax return treating lease as long funding lease) is amended as follows.
In subsection (2), for “for relief under the error or mistake provisions in respect of” substitute “ under the recovery provisions for relief in respect of an amount paid or liable to be paid that is excessive by reason of ”.
In subsection (3)—
for “ “the error or mistake provisions”” substitute “ ;the recovery provisions ”, and
for “section 33 of” substitute “ Schedule 1AB to ”.
Transitional provision
In relation to a relevant claim, paragraph 3(1) of Schedule 1AB to TMA 1970 (inserted by this Part of this Schedule) has effect as if for “more than 4 years after” there were substituted “ more than 5 years after the 31st January next following ”.
“Relevant claim” means a claim within paragraph 3(2)(a) of Schedule 1AB to TMA 1970 that—
is made before 1 April 2012 by a person other than a company, and
satisfies sub-paragraph (3).
A claim satisfies this sub-paragraph if notice requiring the return (or, if more than one, the first return) mentioned in paragraph 3(2)(a) of Schedule 1AB to TMA 1970 was not given within one year of the end of the tax year to which the return relates.
Saving for petroleum revenue tax
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Corporation tax
Claims for recovery of overpaid tax etc
Schedule 18 to FA 1998 (company tax returns, assessments and related matters) is amended as follows.
For paragraph 51 (and the heading before that paragraph) substitute—
Accordingly, in the heading of Part 6, at the beginning insert “Overpaid tax,”.
Paragraph 62 (consequential claims etc that may be made) is amended as follows.
After sub-paragraph (1) insert—
In sub-paragraph (2), for “a claim” substitute “ any other claim ”.
In paragraph 88 (conclusiveness of amounts stated in return), insert at the end—
Consequential amendment
In Schedule 1A to TMA 1970 (claims etc not included in returns), in paragraph 1, in the definition of “partnership claim”, after “Act” insert “ or paragraph 51D of Schedule 18 to the Finance Act 1998 (claims for overpaid corporation tax) ”.
Late payment interest
Special provision: amount carrying late payment interest
Payments on account and balancing payment
This paragraph applies where as regards a tax year—
payments on account are payable by a person (“P”),
P makes a claim under section 59A(3) or (4) of TMA 1970 (reduction of payments on account) in respect of those amounts, and
a balancing payment becomes payable by P.
Late payment interest is to be calculated as if each of the payments on account had been equal to the lesser of the following amounts—
the aggregate of that payment on account and 50% of the balancing payment, and
the amount which would have been payable as a payment on account if the claim under section 59A(3) or (4) had not been made.
In determining for the purposes of this paragraph what amount (if any) is payable by P as a balancing payment—
it is to be assumed that both of the payments on account have been paid,
no account is to be taken of any amount which has been paid on account otherwise than under section 59A(2) of TMA 1970, and
no account is to be taken of any amount which is payable by way of capital gains tax.
In this paragraph—“balancing payment” means an amount payable—in accordance with section 59B(3), (4) or (5) of TMA 1970, or in accordance with section 59B(6) of that Act in respect of income tax assessed under section 29 of that Act;“payment on account” means an amount payable in accordance with section 59A(2) of TMA 1970.
Payments on account and overpayment
This paragraph applies where as regards any person (“P”) and a tax year—
payments on account become payable by P, and
an overpayment becomes repayable to P.
Late payment interest is payable only on the amount by which each of the payments on account exceeds 50% of the overpayment.
In determining for the purposes of this paragraph what amount (if any) is repayable to P as an overpayment—
no account is to be taken of any amount which has been paid on account otherwise than under section 59A(2) of TMA 1970, and
no account is to be taken of any amount which is payable by way of capital gains tax.
In this paragraph—“overpayment” means an amount repayable in accordance with section 59B(3), (4) or (5) of TMA 1970;“payment on account” means an amount payable in accordance with section 59A(2) of that Act.
Special provision: late payment interest start date
Amendments and discovery assessments etc
This paragraph applies to any amount which is due and payable as a result of—
an amendment or correction to an assessment or self-assessment (“assessment A”),
an assessment made by HMRC in place of or in addition to an assessment (“assessment A”) which was made by a taxpayer, or
an assessment made by HMRC in place of an assessment (“assessment A”) which ought to have been made by a taxpayer.
The late payment interest start date in respect of that amount is the date which would have been the late payment interest start date if—
assessment A had been complete and accurate and had been made on the date (if any) by which it was required to be made, and
accordingly, the amount had been due and payable as a result of assessment A.
In the case of a person (“P”) who failed to give notice in accordance with a requirement under section 7 of TMA 1970 (notice of liability to tax) that arose by virtue of subsection (1A) of that section, the reference in sub-paragraph (1)(c) to an assessment which ought to have been made by P is a reference to the assessment which P would have been required to make if an officer of Revenue and Customs had given notice under section 8 of that Act.
In this paragraph “assessment” means any assessment or determination (however described) of any amount due and payable to HMRC.
Amounts postponed pending appeal under TMA 1970
This paragraph applies to any amount if payment of the amount is postponed under section 55 of TMA 1970 pending the determination of an appeal against an assessment of income tax or capital gains tax.
The late payment interest start date in respect of that amount is the date which would have been the late payment interest start date if there had been no appeal.
Overpayment of tax
This paragraph applies to any amount of income tax or capital gains tax which is assessed and recoverable by virtue of an assessment under section 30 of TMA 1970 (recovery of overpayment of tax etc).
The late payment interest start date in respect of that amount is 31 January next following the tax year in respect of which the assessment under section 30 is made.
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Inheritance tax payable by instalments
The late payment interest start date for each instalment of an amount to which this paragraph applies is the date on which that instalment is to be paid.
This paragraph applies to any amount of inheritance tax which is payable by instalments under section 229 of IHTA 1984.
This paragraph also applies to any amount of inheritance tax which is payable by instalments under section 227 of IHTA 1984 if the value on which the amount is payable is attributable to—
the value of qualifying property within subsection (2)(b) or (c) of that section (shares or securities, or business or interest in a business), or
value treated as reduced under Chapter 2 of Part 5 of that Act.
But this paragraph does not apply to an amount by virtue of sub-paragraph (3)(a) if the qualifying property is shares or securities of a company which—
falls within sub-paragraph (5), but
does not fall within sub-paragraph (6) or (7).
A company falls within this sub-paragraph if its business consists wholly or mainly of one or more of the following—
dealing in securities, stocks or shares, land or buildings, or
making or holding investments.
A company falls within this sub-paragraph if its business consists wholly or mainly in being a holding company (as defined in section 1159 of the Companies Act 2006) of one or more companies not falling within sub-paragraph (5).
A company falls within this sub-paragraph if its business is carried on in the United Kingdom and is—
wholly that of a market maker, or
that of a discount house.
A company is a market maker if—
it holds itself out at all normal times in compliance with the rules of The Stock Exchange as willing to buy and sell securities, stocks or shares at a price specified by it, and
it is recognised as doing so by the Council of The Stock Exchange.
Certain other amounts of inheritance tax
An amount of inheritance tax which is underpaid in consequence of any of the following provisions—does not carry late payment interest before the order mentioned in that provision is made.
section 146(1) of IHTA 1984,
section 19 of the Inheritance (Provision for Family and Dependants) Act 1975, or
Article 21 of the Inheritance (Provision for Family and Dependants) (Northern Ireland) Order 1979,
In the case of an amount which is payable under section 147(4) of IHTA 1984, the late payment interest start date is the day after the end of the period of 6 months beginning with the date of the testator's death.
VAT due from persons not registered as required
This paragraph applies where an amount of value added tax is due from a person (“P”) in respect of a period during which P was liable to be registered under VATA 1994 but was not registered.
The late payment interest start date in respect of the amount is the date which would have been the late payment interest date in respect of that amount if P had become registered when P had first become liable to be so.
Unauthorised VAT invoices
This paragraph applies where an unauthorised person issues an invoice showing an amount as being value added tax or as including an amount attributable to value added tax.
The late payment interest start date in respect of the amount which is shown as being value added tax, or which is to be taken as representing value added tax, is the date of the invoice.
In this paragraph “unauthorised person” has the meaning given in paragraph 2 of Schedule 41 to FA 2008.
VAT due after excess payment or credit from HMRC
This paragraph applies to any amount of value added tax which is due and recoverable from a person by virtue of—
section 73(9) of VATA 1994, in relation to an amount assessed and notified to the person under subsection (2) of that section, or
section 80C(1) of that Act.
The late payment interest start date in respect of that amount is the date on which HMRC paid or credited that amount to the person.
Soft drinks industry levy due from unregistered persons
This paragraph applies where an amount of soft drinks industry levy is due from a person (P) in respect of a period during which P meets the liability condition (as defined for the purposes of section 46(2) of FA 2017) but was not registered.
The late payment interest start date in respect of the amount is the date which would have been the late payment interest date in respect of that amount if P had been registered when P had first become liable to be registered.
Plastic packaging tax due from unregistered persons
This paragraph applies where an amount of plastic packaging tax is due from a person (P) in respect of a period during which P meets the liability condition but was not registered.
The late payment interest start date in respect of the amount is the date which would have been the late payment interest date in respect of that amount if P had been registered when P first became liable to be registered.
For the purposes of this paragraph P meets the “liability condition” at a particular time if—
at the end of the preceding month, the condition in section 55(2)(b) of FA 2021 (liability to register) is met in relation to P, or
at that time, the condition in section 55(2)(a) of that Act is met in relation to P.
Death of taxpayer
This paragraph applies if—
a person chargeable to an amount of revenue dies before the amount becomes due and payable, and
the executor or administrator is unable to pay the amount before obtaining probate or letters of administration or (in Scotland) the executor is unable to pay the amount before obtaining confirmation.
The late payment interest start date in respect of that amount is the later of the following—
the date which would be the late payment interest start date apart from this paragraph, and
the day after the end of the period of 30 days beginning with the grant of probate or letters of administration or (in Scotland) the grant of confirmation.
Special provision: date to which late payment interest runs
Deduction of income tax at source
This paragraph applies to any income tax which—
was payable under Chapter 15 of Part 15 of ITA 2007 (collection: deposit-takers, building societies and certain companies) in respect of payments within section 946 of that Act made in a return period,
was not paid on the date when it was due under section 951 of that Act, and
has subsequently been discharged or repaid under section 953 of that Act because the person who made the payments received payments on which it suffered income tax by deduction in a later return period.
The income tax carries late payment interest until the earliest of—but section 101 does not otherwise apply to the income tax.
the date when the income tax was paid,
the date when the person delivered a return for the later return period, and
the end of the period of 14 days beginning with the end of the later return period,
In this paragraph “return period” means a period for which a return is required to be made under Chapter 15 of Part 15 of ITA 2007.
Property accepted in lieu of inheritance tax
If, in the case of any amount of inheritance tax—the terms may provide that the amount of tax which is satisfied by the acceptance of the property does not carry late payment interest after that date.
HMRC agree under section 230 of IHTA 1984 to accept property in satisfaction of the amount, and
under terms of that acceptance the value to be attributed to the property for the purposes of the acceptance is determined as at a date earlier than that on which the property is actually accepted,
Effect of interest on reliefs
Where conditions A and B are met—
the appropriate adjustment is to be made of the amount of late payment interest payable, and
accordingly, the appropriate repayment (if any) is to be made of any late payment interest previously paid.
Condition A is that any amount of late payment interest is payable on—
any amount on account of income tax which is due and payable in accordance with section 59A(2) of TMA 1970, or
any amount of income tax or capital gains tax which becomes due and payable in accordance with section 55 or 59B of TMA 1970.
Condition B is that relief from the tax is given by a discharge of any of that amount of tax. Paragraph 16 makes provision about the circumstances in which P is entitled to have a relief treated as being given by discharge.
In this paragraph—“the appropriate adjustment” is such adjustment as is necessary to secure that the total amount of late payment interest, if any, paid or payable on the amount of tax in question is the same as it would have been if the tax discharged had never been charged;“the appropriate repayment” is such repayment as is necessary to give effect to the appropriate adjustment.
Where—P is entitled to require that the amount repaid be treated for the purposes of paragraph 15(3), so far as it will go, as if it were a discharge of a qualifying charge to tax.
income tax or capital gains tax has been paid for a chargeable period (“period A”), and
relief from any amount of that tax is given to a person (“P”) by repayment,
A qualifying charge to tax is any amount of tax charged on P (whether alone or together with other persons) by or by virtue of any assessment for or relating to period A.
But sub-paragraph (1) does not permit an amount to be applied—
to any assessment made after the relief was given, or
to more than one assessment so as to reduce, without extinguishing, the amount of tax charged.
Repayment interest
Repayment interest start date: general rule
Introductory
This Part sets out the general rule for determining the repayment interest start date.
The general rule is subject to the special provision made by Part 2.
Repayment of amounts paid to HMRC
In the case of an amount which has been paid to HMRC, the repayment interest start date is the later of date A and (where applicable) date B.
Date A is the date on which the amount was paid to HMRC.
Date B is, in the case of an amount which—the date on which the payment became due and payable to HMRC.
has been paid in connection with a liability to make a payment to HMRC, and
is to be repaid by them,
Payment of amounts on return or claim
In the case of an amount which—the repayment interest start date is the later of the dates mentioned in sub-paragraph (2).
has not been paid to HMRC, and
is payable by virtue of a return having been filed or a claim having been made,
The dates are—
the date (if any) on which the return was required to be filed or the claim was required to be made, and
the date on which the return was in fact filed or the claim was in fact made.
Special provision as to repayment interest start date
Income tax deducted at source
In the case of a repayment of income tax deducted at source for a tax year, the repayment interest start date is 31 January next following that year.
Carry back of losses and averaging
In the case of any amount which is to be repaid as a result of a claim for relief under—the repayment interest start date is 31 January next following the year that is the later year in relation to the claim.
paragraph 2 of Schedule 1B to TMA 1970 (carry back of loss relief from later year to earlier year), or
Chapter 16 of Part 2 of ITTOIA 2005 (claim for averaging of profits of farmers etc over two consecutive years),
MIRAS
In the case of any payment under regulations under section 375(8) of ICTA (MIRAS: payments equivalent to deductions which could have been made), the repayment interest start date is 31 January next following the tax year in which the interest payment mentioned in section 375(8)(c) was made.
Income accumulated under certain trusts
In the case of a repayment made in consequence of a claim under section 228 of the Income Tax Act 1952 (relief in respect of income accumulated under trusts), the repayment is to be treated as if it were a repayment of income tax paid by the claimant for the tax year in which the contingency mentioned in that section happened.
Tax on payments out of discretionary trust taxable as employment income
In the case of a repayment made in consequence of a claim under section 496B of ITA 2007(relief for payments by discretionary trust taxable as employment income) the repayment interest start date is 31 January next following the end of the tax year to which the claim relates.
Payments in connection with life assurance premium relief
In the case of a payment made under paragraph 6(1) of Schedule 14 to ICTA(payment where entitlement to life assurance premium relief has not been given by deduction), the repayment interest start date is 31 January next following the end of the tax year in which the entitlement to relief arose.
Certain amounts of inheritance tax
An amount of inheritance tax which is overpaid in consequence of any of the following provisions—does not carry repayment interest before the order mentioned in that provision is made.
section 146(1) of IHTA 1984,
section 19 of the Inheritance (Provision for Family and Dependants) Act 1975, or
Article 21 of the Inheritance (Provision for Family and Dependants) (Northern Ireland) Order 1979,
In the case of an amount which is repayable on a claim under section 146(2) or 150 of IHTA 1984, the repayment interest start date is the date on which the claim is made.
In the case of an amount which is repayable under section 147(2) of IHTA 1984, the repayment interest start date is the date on which the tax was paid.
VAT payments on account
This paragraph applies in the case of a repayment of the amount by which—
the total amount of payments on account made in respect of a prescribed accounting period, exceeds
the amount of VAT payable in respect of that accounting period.
The repayment interest start date is the date on which the VAT return for the prescribed accounting period is due.
In this paragraph—“payment on account” means a payment on account required under section 28 of VATA 1994;“prescribed accounting period” has the same meaning as in VATA 1994;“VAT return” means a return required to be made by regulations under VATA 1994.
VAT: special provision as to period for which amount carries interest
In this Part of this Schedule—“prescribed accounting period” has the same meaning as in VATA 1994;“relevant VAT return” means the VAT return for the prescribed accounting period to which the VAT credit relates;“VAT credit” has the same meaning as in VATA 1994;“VAT return” means a return required to be made by regulations under VATA 1994.
An amount of VAT credit does not carry interest for any period during which—
a VAT return required to be made on or before the date on which the relevant VAT return is made has not been made, or
there is a failure to comply with a requirement imposed under paragraph 4(1A) of Schedule 11 to VATA 1994... giving of security).
The period referred to in sub-paragraph (1)(b)—
begins on the date when written notice requiring... the giving of security is given by HMRC, and
ends on the date when HMRC receive... the required security.
Supplementary
Attribution of repayments
This paragraph applies for the purpose of determining, for the purposes of this Schedule, how a repayment to a person (“P”) in respect of income tax for a tax year is to be attributed to payments made in respect of that tax.
Such a repayment is to be attributed to payments in the following order—
first, to so much of any payment made by P under section 59B of TMA 1970 as is a payment in respect of income tax for that year,
second, in two equal parts to each of the payments (if any) made by P under section 59A of that Act on account of income tax for that year, and
third, to income tax deducted at source for that year.
In so far as it is attributable to a payment made in instalments, a repayment is to be attributed to a later instalment before being attributed to an earlier one.
Interpretation
In this Schedule any reference to income tax deducted at source for a tax year is a reference to—but does not include a reference to amounts which, in that year, are deducted at source under PAYE regulations in respect of previous years.
income tax deducted (or treated as deducted) from any income, or treated as paid on any income, in respect of that year, ...
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Further provision as to late payment interest and repayment interest
CORPORATION TAX
Certain amounts of repayment interest recoverable as late payment interest
Where each of conditions A to D (see paragraph 2) is met, an amount of repayment interest that—may be recovered from the company as if it were late payment interest.
has been paid to a company, but
ought not to have been paid (see condition D),
This paragraph applies for the purposes of paragraph 1.
Condition A is that repayment interest has been paid to the company on—
a repayment of corporation tax paid by the company for an accounting period,
a payment of first-year tax credit under Schedule A1 to CAA 2001 for an accounting period,
a payment of R&D tax credit under Chapter 2 or 7 of Part 13 of CTA 2009 for an accounting period,
a payment of land remediation tax credit or life assurance company tax credit under Part 14 of CTA 2009 for an accounting period, or
a payment of film tax credit under Chapter 3 of Part 15 of CTA 2009 for an accounting period.
Condition B, in a case falling within sub-paragraph (2)(a), is that (whether or not any previous assessment or determination has been made)—
an assessment, or an amendment of an assessment, of the amount of corporation tax payable by the company for the accounting period is made, or
a determination of that amount is made under paragraph 36 or 37 of Schedule 18 to FA 1998 (which until superseded by a self-assessment under that Schedule has effect as if it were one).
Condition B, in a case falling within sub-paragraph (2)(b) to (e), is that an assessment, or an amendment of an assessment, is made to recover an amount of the tax credit in question paid to the company for that accounting period.
Condition C is that the change (as a result of condition B being met) in—is not one which in whole or in part corrects an error made by HMRC.
the company's assessed liability to corporation tax, or
the amount of tax credit payable,
In sub-paragraph (5) “error” includes—
any computational error, and
the allowance of a claim or election which ought not to have been allowed.
Condition D is that as a result only of that change (and, in particular, not as a result of any error in the calculation of the interest), it appears to HMRC that some or all of the repayment interest ought not to have been paid.
Common period rule for corporation tax
This paragraph applies where—
there is a common period in relation to a company (see sub-paragraph (2)), and
each of conditions A to C (see paragraph 4) is met.
A common period in relation to a company is any period during which—
an amount of corporation tax is due and payable by the company in accordance with section 59D of TMA 1970 or regulations made under section 59E of that Act (“the overdue payment”), and
an amount which has been paid on account of corporation tax is repayable to the company (“the repayment”).
During the common period—
the overdue payment does not carry late payment interest or interest under regulations made by virtue of section 59E(2)(g) of TMA 1970 (interest payable to HMRC on amounts of corporation tax due and payable under regulations under that section), and
the repayment does not carry repayment interest or interest under regulations made by virtue of section 59E(2)(i) of TMA 1970 (interest payable by HMRC on amounts paid or repaid under regulations under that section).
This paragraph applies for the purposes of paragraph 3.
Condition A is that the overdue payment and the repayment are in respect of different accounting periods.
Condition B is that the overdue payment would (apart from paragraph 3) carry—
late payment interest, or
interest under regulations made by virtue of section 59E(2)(g) of TMA 1970.
Condition C is that the repayment would (apart from paragraph 3) carry—
repayment interest, or
interest under regulations made by virtue of section 59E(2)(i) of TMA 1970.
Value added tax
Interpretation
In this Part of this Schedule—“assessment” has the same meaning as in paragraph 3 of Schedule 53;“prescribed accounting period” has the same meaning as in VATA 1994;...
Certain amounts of repayment interest recoverable as late payment interest
Where each of conditions A to C is met, an amount of repayment interest that—may be recovered from the person as if it were late payment interest.
has been paid to a person, but
ought not to have been paid (see condition C),
Condition A is that repayment interest has been paid to the person in respect of an amount that is, or relates to, value added tax for a prescribed accounting period.
Condition B is that (whether or not a previous assessment has been made), an assessment or amendment of an assessment is made of the amount of value added tax payable by the person for that prescribed accounting period.
Condition C is that as a result of the assessment or amendment of an assessment, it appears to HMRC that some or all of the repayment interest ought not to have been paid.
Common period rules for value added tax
This paragraph applies where there is a common period in relation to a person (see sub-paragraph (2)).
A common period in relation to a person is any period during which—
an amount (“the overdue payment”) that is, or relates to, value added tax—
is due and payable by the person, and
carries late payment interest, and
an amount (“the relevant amount”) that is, or relates to, value added tax—
is payable to the person, and
carries repayment interest.
In respect of the common period—
the overdue payment is to be treated as carrying late payment interest only on the amount (if any) by which the overdue payment exceeds the relevant amount, and
the relevant amount is to be treated as carrying repayment interest only on the amount (if any) by which the relevant amount exceeds the overdue payment.
An amount of repayment interest that—may be recovered from the person as if it were late payment interest.
has been paid to a person, but
as a result of sub-paragraph (3)(b), ought not to have been paid,
Penalty for failure to make returns etc
Penalty for failure to make returns etc
A penalty is payable by a person (“P”) where P fails to make or deliver a return, or to deliver any other document, specified in the Table below on or before the filing date.
Paragraphs 2 to 13 13J set out—
the circumstances in which a penalty is payable, and
subject to paragraphs 14 to 17, the amount of the penalty.
If P's failure falls within more than one paragraph of this Schedule, P is liable to a penalty under each of those paragraphs (but this is subject to paragraph 17(3)).
In this Schedule—“filing date”, in relation to a return or other document, means the date by which it is required to be made or delivered to HMRC ...;“penalty date”, in relation to a return or other document falling within any of items 1 to 3 2A and 5 to 13B in the Table, means the date on which a penalty is first payable for failing to make or deliver it (that is to say, the day after the filing date).
The Treasury may by order make such amendments to item 4 in the Table as they think fit in consequence of any amendment, revocation or re-enactment of the regulations mentioned in that item.
In the provisions of this Schedule which follow the Table—
any reference to a return includes a reference to any other document specified in the Table, and
any reference to making a return includes a reference to delivering a return or to delivering any such document.
(a) Return under section 8(1)(a) of TMA 1970
(b) Accounts, statement or document required under section 8(1)(b) of TMA 1970
(a) Return under section 8A(1)(a) of TMA 1970
(b) Accounts, statement or document required under section 8A(1)(b) of TMA 1970
(a) Return under section 12AA(2)(a) or (3)(a) of TMA 1970
(b) Accounts, statement or document required under section 12AA(2)(b) or (3)(b) of TMA 1970
Amount of penalty: occasional returns and annual returnsAmount of penalty: occasional returns and returns for periods of 6 months or more
Paragraphs 3 to 6 apply in the case of a return falling within any of items 1 to 3, 5 and 7 to 13 in the Table.
Paragraphs 3 to 6 apply in the case of—
a return falling within any of items 1 to 5 2A, 4, 4A, 5, 7 and 8 to 13 in the Table,
a return falling within any of items 7A, 7B and 14 to 28 29 which relates to a period of 6 months or more, and
a return falling within item 7A which relates to a transitional period for the purposes of the annual accounting scheme.
In sub-paragraph (1)(c), a transitional period for the purposes of the annual accounting scheme is a prescribed accounting period (within the meaning of section 25(1) of VATA 1994) which—
ends on the day immediately preceding the date indicated by the Commissioners for Her Majesty's Revenue and Customs in a notification of authorisation under regulation 50 of the Value Added Tax Regulations 1995 (S.I. 1995/2518) (admission to annual accounting scheme), or
begins on the day immediately following the end of the last period of 12 months for which such an authorisation has effect.
P is liable to a penalty under this paragraph of £100.
P is liable to a penalty under this paragraph if (and only if)—
P's failure continues after the end of the period of 3 months beginning with the penalty date,
HMRC decide that such a penalty should be payable, and
HMRC give notice to P specifying the date from which the penalty is payable.
The penalty under this paragraph is £10 for each day that the failure continues during the period of 90 days beginning with the date specified in the notice given under sub-paragraph (1)(c).
The date specified in the notice under sub-paragraph (1)(c)—
may be earlier than the date on which the notice is given, but
may not be earlier than the end of the period mentioned in sub-paragraph (1)(a).
P is liable to a penalty under this paragraph if (and only if) P's failure continues after the end of the period of 6 months beginning with the penalty date.
The penalty under this paragraph is the greater of—
5% of any liability to tax which would have been shown in the return in question, and
£300.
P is liable to a penalty under this paragraph if (and only if) P's failure continues after the end of the period of 12 months beginning with the penalty date.
Where, by failing to make the return, P deliberately withholds information which would enable or assist HMRC to assess P's liability to tax, the penalty under this paragraph is determined in accordance with sub-paragraphs (3) and (4).
If the withholding of the information is deliberate and concealed, the penalty is the greater of—
100% of any liability to tax which would have been shown in the return in question, and
£300.
For the purposes of sub-paragraph (3)(a), the relevant percentage is—
for the withholding of category 1 information, the relevant percentage,
for the withholding of category 2 information, 150%, and
for the withholding of category 3 information, 200%.
If the withholding of the information is deliberate but not concealed, the penalty is the greater of—
the relevant percentage of any liability to tax which would have been shown in the return in question, and
£300.
For the purposes of sub-paragraph (4)(a), the relevant percentage is—
for the withholding of category 1 information, 70%,
for the withholding of category 2 information, 105%, and
for the withholding of category 3 information, 140%.
In any other case any case not falling within sub-paragraph (2), the penalty under this paragraph is the greater of—
5% of any liability to tax which would have been shown in the return in question, and
£300.
Paragraph 6A explains the 3 categories of information.
Information is category 0 information if—
it involves a domestic matter,
it involves an offshore matter or an offshore transfer, the territory in question is a category 0 territory and it is information which would enable or assist HMRC to assess P's liability to income tax, capital gains tax or inheritance tax, or
it involves an offshore matter and it is information which would enable or assist HMRC to assess P's liability to a tax other than income tax, capital gains tax or inheritance tax.
Information is category 1 information if—
it involves an offshore matter or an offshore transfer,
the territory in question is a category 1 territory, and
it is information which would enable or assist HMRC to assess P's liability to income tax, capital gains tax or inheritance tax.
Information is category 2 information if—
it involves an offshore matter or an offshore transfer,
the territory in question is a category 2 territory, and
it is information which would enable or assist HMRC to assess P's liability to income tax, capital gains tax or inheritance tax.
Information is category 3 information if—
it involves an offshore matter or an offshore transfer,
the territory in question is a category 3 territory, and
it is information which would enable or assist HMRC to assess P's liability to income tax, capital gains tax or inheritance tax.
Information “involves an offshore matter” if the liability to tax which would have been shown in the return includes a liability to tax charged on or by reference to—
income arising from a source in a territory outside the UK,
assets situated or held in a territory outside the UK,
activities carried on wholly or mainly in a territory outside the UK, or
anything having effect as if it were income, assets or activities of a kind described above.
If the liability to tax which would have been shown in the return is a liability to inheritance tax, assets are treated for the purposes of sub-paragraph (4) as situated or held in a territory outside the UK if they are so situated or held immediately after the transfer of value by reason of which inheritance tax becomes chargeable.
Information “involves an offshore transfer” if—
it does not involve an offshore matter,
it is information which would enable or assist HMRC to assess P's liability to income tax, capital gains tax or inheritance tax,
by failing to make the return, P deliberately withholds the information (whether or not the withholding of the information is also concealed), and
the applicable condition in paragraph 6AA is satisfied.
Information “involves a domestic matter” if it does not involve an offshore matter or an offshore transfer.
If the information which P withholds falls into more than one category—
P's failure to make the return is to be treated for the purposes of this Schedule as if it were separate failures, one for each category of information according to the matters or transfers which the information involves, and
for each separate failure, the liability to tax which would have been shown in the return in question is taken to be such share of the liability to tax which would have been shown in the return mentioned in paragraph (a) as is just and reasonable.
For the purposes of this Schedule—
paragraph 21A of Schedule 24 to FA 2007 (classification of territories) has effect, but
an order under that paragraph does not apply to a failure if the filing date is before the date on which the order comes into force.
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
In this paragraph and paragraph 6AA—“assets” has the meaning given in section 21(1) of TCGA 1992, but also includes sterling;“UK” means the United Kingdom, including the territorial sea of the United Kingdom.
This paragraph makes provision in relation to offshore transfers.
Where the liability to tax which would have been shown in the return is a liability to income tax, the applicable condition is satisfied if the income on or by reference to which the tax is charged, or any part of the income—
is received in a territory outside the UK, or
is transferred before the relevant date to a territory outside the UK.
Where the liability to tax which would have been shown in the return is a liability to capital gains tax, the applicable condition is satisfied if the proceeds of the disposal on or by reference to which the tax is charged, or any part of the proceeds—
are received in a territory outside the UK, or
are transferred before the relevant date to a territory outside the UK.
Where the liability to tax which would have been shown in the return is a liability to inheritance tax, the applicable condition is satisfied if—
the disposition that gives rise to the transfer of value by reason of which the tax becomes chargeable involves a transfer of assets, and
after that disposition but before the relevant date the assets, or any part of the assets, are transferred to a territory outside the UK.
In the case of a transfer falling within sub-paragraph (2)(b), (3)(b) or (4)(b), references to the income, proceeds or assets transferred are to be read as including references to any assets derived from or representing the income, proceeds or assets.
In relation to an offshore transfer, the territory in question for the purposes of paragraph 6A is the highest category of territory by virtue of which the information involves an offshore transfer.
“Relevant date” means the date on which P becomes liable to a penalty under paragraph 6.
Regulations under paragraph 21B of Schedule 24 to FA 2007 (location of assets etc) apply for the purposes of paragraphs 6A and 6AA of this Schedule as they apply for the purposes of paragraphs 4A and 4AA of that Schedule.
Amount of penalty: real time information for PAYE and apprenticeship levy
Paragraphs 6C and 6D apply in the case of a return falling within item 4 or 4A in the Table.
If P fails during a tax month to make a return on or before the filing date, P is liable to a penalty under this paragraph in respect of that month.
But this is subject to sub-paragraphs (3) and (4).
P is not liable to a penalty under this paragraph in respect of a tax month as a result of any failure to make a return on or before the filing date which occurs during the initial period.
P is not liable to a penalty under this paragraph in respect of a tax month falling in a tax year if the month is the first tax month in that tax year during which P fails to make a return on or before the filing date (disregarding for this purpose any failure which occurs during the initial period).
In sub-paragraphs (3) and (4) “the initial period” means the period which—and for this purpose “the first tax year” means the first tax year in which P is required to make returns.
begins with the day in the first tax year on which P is first required to make a return, and
is of such duration as is specified in regulations made by the Commissioners,
P may be liable under this paragraph to no more than one penalty in respect of each tax month.
The penalty under this paragraph is to be calculated in accordance with regulations made by the Commissioners.
Regulations under sub-paragraph (7) may provide for a penalty under this paragraph in respect of a tax month to be calculated by reference to either or both of the following matters—
the number of persons employed by P, or treated as employed by P for the purposes of PAYE regulations;
the number of previous penalties incurred by P under this paragraph in the same tax year.
The Commissioners may by regulations disapply sub-paragraph (3) or (4) in such circumstances as are specified in the regulations.
If P has elected under PAYE regulations to be treated as different employers in relation to different groups of employees, this paragraph applies to P as if—
in respect of each group P were a different person, and
each group constituted all of P's employees.
Regulations made by the Commissioners under this paragraph may—
make different provision for different cases, and
include incidental, consequential and supplementary provision.
P may be liable to one or more penalties under this paragraph in respect of extended failures.
In this paragraph an “extended failure” means a failure to make a return on or before the filing date which continues after the end of the period of 3 months beginning with the day after the filing date.
P is liable to a penalty or penalties under this paragraph if (and only if)—
HMRC decide at any time that such a penalty or penalties should be payable in accordance with sub-paragraph (4) or (6), and
HMRC give notice to P specifying the date from which the penalty, or each penalty, is payable.
HMRC may decide under sub-paragraph (3)(a) that a separate penalty should be payable in respect of each unpenalised extended failure in the tax year to date.
In that case the amount of the penalty in respect of each failure is 5% of any liability to make payments which would have been shown in the return in question.
HMRC may decide under sub-paragraph (3)(a) that a single penalty should be payable in respect of all the unpenalised extended failures in the tax year to date.
In that case the amount of the penalty in respect of those failures is 5% of the sum of the liabilities to make payments which would have been shown in each of the returns in question.
For the purposes of this paragraph, an extended failure is unpenalised if a penalty has not already been imposed in respect of it under this paragraph (whether in accordance with sub-paragraph (4) or (6)).
The date specified in the notice under sub-paragraph (3)(b) in relation to a penalty—
may be earlier than the date on which the notice is given, but
may not be earlier than the end of the period mentioned in sub-paragraph (2) in relation to the relevant extended failure.
In sub-paragraph (9)(b) “the relevant extended failure” means—
the extended failure in respect of which the penalty is payable, or
if the penalty is payable in respect of more than one extended failure (in accordance with sub-paragraph (6)), the extended failure with the latest filing date.
Amount of penalty: CIS returns
Paragraphs 8 to 13 apply in the case of a return falling within item 6 in the Table.
P is liable to a penalty under this paragraph of £100.
P is liable to a penalty under this paragraph if (and only if) P's failure continues after the end of the period of 2 months beginning with the penalty date.
The penalty under this paragraph is £200.
P is liable to a penalty under this paragraph if (and only if) P's failure continues after the end of the period of 6 months beginning with the penalty date.
The penalty under this paragraph is the greater of—
5% of any liability to make payments which would have been shown in the return in question, and
£300.
P is liable to a penalty under this paragraph if (and only if) P's failure continues after the end of the period of 12 months beginning with the penalty date.
Where, by failing to make the return, P deliberately withholds information which would enable or assist HMRC to assess the amount that P is liable to pay to HMRC in accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 3 of FA 2004, the penalty under this paragraph is determined in accordance with sub-paragraphs (3) and (4).
If the withholding of the information is deliberate and concealed, the penalty is the greater of—
100% of any liability to make payments which would have been shown in the return in question, and
£3,000.
If the withholding of the information is deliberate but not concealed, the penalty is the greater of—
70% of any liability to make payments which would have been shown in the return in question, and
£1,500.
In any other case any case not falling within sub-paragraph (2), the penalty under this paragraph is the greater of—
5% of any liability to make payments which would have been shown in the return in question, and
£300.
P is liable to a penalty under this paragraph if (and only if)—
P's failure continues after the end of the period of 12 months beginning with the penalty date, and
the information required in the return relates only to persons registered for gross payment (within the meaning of Chapter 3 of Part 3 of FA 2004).
Where, by failing to make the return, P deliberately withholds information which relates to such persons, the penalty under this paragraph is—
if the withholding of the information is deliberate and concealed, £3,000, and
if the withholding of the information is deliberate but not concealed, £1,500.
This paragraph applies—
at any time before P first makes a return falling within item 6 in the Table, to any return falling within that item, and
at any time after P first makes a return falling within that item, to that return and any earlier return.
In respect of any return or returns to which this paragraph applies—
paragraphs 10(2)(b) and 11(5)(b) do not apply, and
P is not liable to penalties under paragraphs 8 and 9 which exceed, in total, £3,000.
In sub-paragraph (1)(b) “earlier return” means any return falling within item 6 which has a filing date earlier than the date on which P first made a return.
Amount of penalty: returns for periods of between 2 and 6 months
Paragraphs 13B to 13E apply in the case of a return falling within any of items 7A, 7B, 13A, 13B and 14 to 28 29 in the Table which relates to a period of less than 6 months but more than 2 months.
But those paragraphs do not apply in the case of a return mentioned in paragraph 2(1)(c).
P is liable to a penalty under this paragraph of £100.
In addition, a penalty period begins to run on the penalty date for the return.
The penalty period ends with the day 12 months after the filing date for the return, unless it is extended under paragraph 13C(2)(c) or 13H(2)(c).
This paragraph applies if—
a penalty period has begun under paragraph 13B or 13G because P has failed to make a return (“return A”), and
before the end of the period, P fails to make another return (“return B”) falling within the same item in the Table as return A.
In such a case—
paragraph 13B(1) and (2) do not apply to the failure to make return B, but
P is liable to a penalty under this paragraph for that failure, and
the penalty period that has begun is extended so that it ends with the day 12 months after the filing date for return B.
The amount of the penalty under this paragraph is determined by reference to the number of returns that P has failed to make during the penalty period.
If the failure to make return B is P's first failure to make a return during the penalty period, P is liable, at the time of the failure, to a penalty of £200.
If the failure to make return B is P's second failure to make a return during the penalty period, P is liable, at the time of the failure, to a penalty of £300.
If the failure to make return B is P's third or a subsequent failure to make a return during the penalty period, P is liable, at the time of the failure, to a penalty of £400.
For the purposes of this paragraph—
in accordance with sub-paragraph (1)(b), the references in sub-paragraphs (3) to (6) to a return are references to a return falling within the same item in the Table as returns A and B, and
a failure to make a return counts for the purposes of those sub-paragraphs if (but only if) the return relates to a period of less than 6 months.
A penalty period may be extended more than once under sub-paragraph (2)(c).
P is liable to a penalty under this paragraph if (and only if) P's failure continues after the end of the period of 6 months beginning with the penalty date.
The penalty under this paragraph is the greater of—
5% of any liability to tax which would have been shown in the return in question, and
£300.
P is liable to a penalty under this paragraph if (and only if) P's failure continues after the end of the period of 12 months beginning with the penalty date.
Where, by failing to make the return, P deliberately withholds information which would enable or assist HMRC to assess P's liability to tax, the penalty under this paragraph is determined in accordance with sub-paragraphs (3) and (4).
If the withholding of the information is deliberate and concealed, the penalty is the greater of—
100% of any liability to tax which would have been shown in the return in question, and
£300.
If the withholding of the information is deliberate but not concealed, the penalty is the greater of—
70% of any liability to tax which would have been shown in the return in question, and
£300.
In any case not falling within sub-paragraph (2), the penalty under this paragraph is the greater of—
5% of any liability to tax which would have been shown in the return in question, and
£300.
Amount of penalty: returns for periods of 2 months or less
Paragraphs 13G to 13J apply in the case of a return falling within any of items 7A, 7B and 14 to 28 29 in the Table which relates to a period of 2 months or less.
But those paragraphs do not apply in the case of a return mentioned in paragraph 2(1)(c).
P is liable to a penalty under this paragraph of £100.
In addition, a penalty period begins to run on the penalty date for the return.
The penalty period ends with the day 12 months after the filing date for the return, unless it is extended under paragraph 13C(2)(c) or 13H(2)(c).
This paragraph applies if—
a penalty period has begun under paragraph 13B or 13G because P has failed to make a return (“return A”), and
before the end of the period, P fails to make another return (“return B”) falling within the same item in the Table as return A.
In such a case—
paragraph 13G(1) and (2) do not apply to the failure to make return B, but
P is liable to a penalty under this paragraph for that failure, and
the penalty period that has begun is extended so that it ends with the day 12 months after the filing date for return B.
The amount of the penalty under this paragraph is determined by reference to the number of returns that P has failed to make during the penalty period.
If the failure to make return B is P's first, second, third, fourth or fifth failure to make a return during the penalty period, P is liable, at the time of the failure, to a penalty of £100.
If the failure to make return B is P's sixth or a subsequent failure to make a return during the penalty period, P is liable, at the time of the failure, to a penalty of £200.
For the purposes of this paragraph—
in accordance with sub-paragraph (1)(b), the references in sub-paragraphs (3) to (5) to a return are references to a return falling within the same item in the Table as returns A and B, and
a failure to make a return counts for the purposes of those sub-paragraphs if (but only if) the return relates to a period of less than 6 months.
A penalty period may be extended more than once under sub-paragraph (2)(c).
P is liable to a penalty under this paragraph if (and only if) P's failure continues after the end of the period of 6 months beginning with the penalty date.
The penalty under this paragraph is the greater of—
5% of any liability to tax which would have been shown in the return in question, and
£300.
P is liable to a penalty under this paragraph if (and only if) P's failure continues after the end of the period of 12 months beginning with the penalty date.
Where, by failing to make the return, P deliberately withholds information which would enable or assist HMRC to assess P's liability to tax, the penalty under this paragraph is determined in accordance with sub-paragraphs (3) and (4).
If the withholding of the information is deliberate and concealed, the penalty is the greater of—
100% of any liability to tax which would have been shown in the return in question, and
£300.
If the withholding of the information is deliberate but not concealed, the penalty is the greater of—
70% of any liability to tax which would have been shown in the return in question, and
£300.
In any case not falling within sub-paragraph (2), the penalty under this paragraph is the greater of—
5% of any liability to tax which would have been shown in the return in question, and
£300.
Reductions for disclosure
In this paragraph, “relevant information” means information which has been withheld by a failure to make a return.
Paragraph 15 provides for reductions in the penalty under paragraph 6(3) or (4) where P discloses relevant information that involves a domestic matter or 11(3) or (4), 11(3) or (4), 13E(3) or (4) or 13J(3) or (4) where P discloses relevant information.
Paragraph 15A provides for reductions in the penalty under paragraph 6(3) or (4) where P discloses relevant information that involves an offshore matter or an offshore transfer.
Sub-paragraph (2) applies where—
P is liable to a penalty under paragraph 6(3) or (4) and P discloses relevant information that involves a domestic matter, or
P is liable to a penalty under any of the other provisions mentioned in sub-paragraph (1) and P discloses relevant information.
P discloses relevant information by—
telling HMRC about it,
giving HMRC reasonable help in quantifying any tax unpaid by reason of its having been withheld, and
allowing HMRC access to records for the purpose of checking how much tax is so unpaid.
Sub-paragraph (2B) applies where P is liable to a penalty under paragraph 6(3) or (4) and P discloses relevant information that involves an offshore matter or an offshore transfer.
P discloses relevant information by—
telling HMRC about it,
giving HMRC reasonable help in quantifying any tax unpaid by reason of its having been withheld,
allowing HMRC access to records for the purpose of checking how much tax is so unpaid, and
providing HMRC with additional information.
The Treasury must make regulations setting out what is meant by “additional information” for the purposes of sub-paragraph (2B)(d).
Regulations under sub-paragraph (2C) are to be made by statutory instrument.
An instrument containing regulations under sub-paragraph (2C) is subject to annulment in pursuance of a resolution of the House of Commons.
Disclosure of relevant information—
is “unprompted” if made at a time when P has no reason to believe that HMRC have discovered or are about to discover the relevant information, and
otherwise, is “prompted”.
In relation to disclosure “quality” includes timing, nature and extent.
Paragraph 6A(4) to (5) applies to determine whether relevant information involves an offshore matter, an offshore transfer or a domestic matter for the purposes of this paragraph.
Where a person who would otherwise be liable to a 100% penalty has made an unprompted disclosure, HMRC must reduce the 100% to a percentage, not below 30%, which reflects the quality of the disclosure. If a person who would otherwise be liable to a penalty of a percentage shown in column 1 of the Table (a “standard percentage”) has made a disclosure, HMRC must reduce the standard percentage to one that reflects the quality of the disclosure.
Where a person who would otherwise be liable to a 100% penalty has made a prompted disclosure, HMRC must reduce the 100% to a percentage, not below 50%, which reflects the quality of the disclosure. But the standard percentage may not be reduced to a percentage that is below the minimum shown for it—
in the case of a prompted disclosure, in column 2 of the Table, and
in the case of an unprompted disclosure, in column 3 of the Table.
Where a person who would otherwise be liable to a 70% penalty has made an unprompted disclosure, HMRC must reduce the 70% to a percentage, not below 20%, which reflects the quality of the disclosure.
Where a person who would otherwise be liable to a 70% penalty has made a prompted disclosure, HMRC must reduce the 70% to a percentage, not below 35%, which reflects the quality of the disclosure.
But HMRC must not under this paragraph—
reduce a penalty under paragraph 6(3) or (4) below £300, or
reduce a penalty under paragraph 11(3) or (4) sub-paragraph (3) or (4) of any of paragraphs 11, 13E and 13J below the amount set by paragraph 11(3)(b) or (4)(b) (as the case may be) paragraph (b) of that sub-paragraph.
If a person who would otherwise be liable to a penalty of a percentage shown in column 1 of the Table (a “standard percentage”) has made a disclosure, HMRC must reduce the standard percentage to one that reflects the quality of the disclosure.
But the standard percentage may not be reduced to a percentage that is below the minimum shown for it—
in the case of a prompted disclosure, in column 2 of the Table, and
in the case of an unprompted disclosure, in column 3 of the Table.
But HMRC must not under this paragraph reduce a penalty below £300.
Special reduction
If HMRC think it right because of special circumstances, they may reduce a penalty under any paragraph of this Schedule.
In sub-paragraph (1) “special circumstances” does not include—
ability to pay, or
the fact that a potential loss of revenue from one taxpayer is balanced by a potential over-payment by another.
In sub-paragraph (1) the reference to reducing a penalty includes a reference to—
staying a penalty, and
agreeing a compromise in relation to proceedings for a penalty.
Interaction with other penalties and late payment surcharges
Where P is liable for a penalty under any paragraph of this Schedule which is determined by reference to a liability to tax, the amount of that penalty is to be reduced by the amount of any other penalty incurred by P, if the amount of the penalty is determined by reference to the same liability to tax.
In sub-paragraph (1) the reference to “any other penalty” does not include—
a penalty under any other paragraph of this Schedule, or
a penalty under Schedule 56 (penalty for late payment of tax), or
a penalty under Part 4 of FA 2014 (penalty where corrective action not taken after follower notice etc) or
a penalty under Schedule 22 to FA 2016 (asset-based penalty).
Where P is liable for a penalty under more than one paragraph of this Schedule which is determined by reference to a liability to tax, the aggregate of the amounts of those penalties must not exceed 100% the relevant percentage of the liability to tax.
The relevant percentage is—
if one of the penalties is a penalty under paragraph 6(3) or (4) and the information withheld is category 3 information, 200%,
if one of the penalties is a penalty under paragraph 6(3) or (4) and the information withheld is category 2 information, 150%, and
in all other cases, 100%.
Cancellation of penalty
This paragraph applies where—
P is liable for a penalty under any paragraph of this Schedule in relation to a failure to make a return falling within item 1 or 2 in the Table, and
HMRC decide to give P a notice under section 8B withdrawing a notice under section 8 or 8A of that Act.
The notice under section 8B of TMA 1970 may include provision under this paragraph cancelling liability to the penalty from the date specified in the notice.
This paragraph applies where—
P is liable for a penalty under any paragraph of this Schedule in relation to a failure to make a return falling within item 3 in the Table, and
a request is made under section 12AAA of TMA 1970 for HMRC to withdraw a notice under section 12AA of that Act.
The notice under section 12AAA of TMA 1970 may include provision under this paragraph cancelling liability to the penalty from the date specified in the notice.
Assessment
Where P is liable for a penalty under any paragraph of this Schedule HMRC must—
assess the penalty,
notify P, and
state in the notice the period in respect of which the penalty is assessed.
A penalty under any paragraph of this Schedule must be paid before the end of the period of 30 days beginning with the day on which notification of the penalty is issued.
An assessment of a penalty under any paragraph of this Schedule—
is to be treated for procedural purposes in the same way as an assessment to tax (except in respect of a matter expressly provided for by this Schedule),
may be enforced as if it were an assessment to tax, and
may be combined with an assessment to tax.
A supplementary assessment may be made in respect of a penalty if an earlier assessment operated by reference to an underestimate of the liability to tax which would have been shown in a return.
Sub-paragraph (6) applies if—
an assessment in respect of a penalty is based on a liability to tax that would have been shown in a return, and
that liability is found by HMRC to be excessive.
HMRC may by notice to P amend the assessment so that it is based upon the correct amount.
An amendment under sub-paragraph (6)—
does not affect when the penalty must be paid;
may be made after the last day on which the assessment in question could have been made under paragraph 19.
An assessment of a penalty under any paragraph of this Schedule in respect of any amount must be made on or before the later of date A and (where it applies) date B.
Date A is —the last day of the period of 2 years beginning with the filing date.
in the case of an assessment of a penalty under paragraph 6C, the last day of the period of 2 years beginning with the end of the tax month in respect of which the penalty is payable,
in the case of an assessment of a penalty under paragraph 6D, the last day of the period of 2 years beginning with the filing date for the relevant extended failure (as defined in paragraph 6D(10)), and
in any other case,
Date B is the last day of the period of 12 months beginning with—
the end of the appeal period for the assessment of the liability to tax which would have been shown in the return or returns (as the case may be in relation to penalties under section 6C or 6D), or
if there is no such assessment, the date on which that liability is ascertained or it is ascertained that the liability is nil.
In sub-paragraph (3)(a) “appeal period” means the period during which—
an appeal could be brought, or
an appeal that has been brought has not been determined or withdrawn.
Sub-paragraph (1) does not apply to a re-assessment under paragraph 24(2)(b).
Appeal
P may appeal against a decision of HMRC that a penalty is payable by P.
P may appeal against a decision of HMRC as to the amount of a penalty payable by P.
An appeal under paragraph 20 is to be treated in the same way as an appeal against an assessment to the tax concerned (including by the application of any provision about bringing the appeal by notice to HMRC, about HMRC review of the decision or about determination of the appeal by the First-tier Tribunal or Upper Tribunal).
Sub-paragraph (1) does not apply—
so as to require P to pay a penalty before an appeal against the assessment of the penalty is determined, or
in respect of any other matter expressly provided for by this Act.
On an appeal under paragraph 20(1) that is notified to the tribunal, the tribunal may affirm or cancel HMRC's decision.
On an appeal under paragraph 20(2) that is notified to the tribunal, the tribunal may—
affirm HMRC's decision, or
substitute for HMRC's decision another decision that HMRC had power to make.
If the tribunal substitutes its decision for HMRC's, the tribunal may rely on paragraph 16—
to the same extent as HMRC (which may mean applying the same percentage reduction as HMRC to a different starting point), or
to a different extent, but only if the tribunal thinks that HMRC's decision in respect of the application of paragraph 16 was flawed.
In sub-paragraph (3)(b) “flawed” means flawed when considered in the light of the principles applicable in proceedings for judicial review.
In this paragraph “tribunal” means the First-tier Tribunal or Upper Tribunal (as appropriate by virtue of paragraph 21(1)).
Reasonable excuse
Liability to a penalty under any paragraph of this Schedule does not arise in relation to a failure to make a return if P satisfies HMRC or (on appeal) the First-tier Tribunal or Upper Tribunal that there is a reasonable excuse for the failure. If P satisfies HMRC or (on appeal) the First-tier Tribunal or Upper Tribunal that there is a reasonable excuse for a failure to make a return—
liability to a penalty under any paragraph of this Schedule does not arise in relation to that failure, and
the failure does not count for the purposes of paragraphs 13B(2), 13C, 13G(2) and 13H.
For the purposes of sub-paragraph (1)—
an insufficiency of funds is not a reasonable excuse, unless attributable to events outside P's control,
where P relies on any other person to do anything, that is not a reasonable excuse unless P took reasonable care to avoid the failure, and
where P had a reasonable excuse for the failure but the excuse has ceased, P is to be treated as having continued to have the excuse if the failure is remedied without unreasonable delay after the excuse ceased.
Determination of penalty geared to tax liability where no return made
References to a liability to tax which would have been shown in a return are references to the amount which, if a complete and accurate return had been delivered on the filing date, would have been shown to be due or payable by the taxpayer in respect of the tax concerned for the period to which the return relates.
In the case of a penalty which is assessed at a time before P makes the return to which the penalty relates—
HMRC is to determine the amount mentioned in sub-paragraph (1) to the best of HMRC's information and belief, and
if P subsequently makes a return, the penalty must be re-assessed by reference to the amount of tax shown to be due and payable in that return (but subject to any amendments or corrections to the return).
In calculating a liability to tax which would have been shown in a return, no account is to be taken of any relief under section 458 of CTA 2010 (relief in respect of repayment etc of loan) which is deferred under subsection (5) of that section.
Partnerships
This paragraph applies where—fails to make a return falling within item 3 in the Table (partnership returns).
the representative partner, or
a successor of the representative partner,
A penalty in respect of the failure is payable by every relevant partner.
In accordance with sub-paragraph (2), any reference in this Schedule to P is to be read as including a reference to a relevant partner.
An appeal under paragraph 20 in connection with a penalty payable by virtue of this paragraph may be brought only by—
the representative partner, or
a successor of the representative partner.
Where such an appeal is brought in connection with a penalty payable in respect of a failure, the appeal is to treated as if it were an appeal in connection with every penalty payable in respect of that failure.
In this paragraph—“relevant partner” means a person who was a partner in the partnership to which the return relates at any time during the period in respect of which the return was required;“representative partner” means a person who has been required by a notice served under or for the purposes of section 12AA(2) or (3) of TMA 1970 to deliver any return;“successor” has the meaning given by section 12AA(11) of TMA 1970.
Double jeopardy
P is not liable to a penalty under any paragraph of this Schedule in respect of a failure or action in respect of which P has been convicted of an offence.
Interpretation
This paragraph applies for the construction of this Schedule.
The withholding of information by P is—
“deliberate and concealed” if P deliberately withholds the information and makes arrangements to conceal the fact that the information has been withheld, and
“deliberate but not concealed” if P deliberately withholds the information but does not make arrangements to conceal the fact that the information has been withheld.
The Commissioners” means the Commissioners for Her Majesty's Revenue and Customs.
“HMRC” means Her Majesty's Revenue and Customs.
Tax month” means the period beginning with the 6th day of a month and ending with the 5th day of the following month.
References to a liability to tax, in relation to a return falling within item 6 in the Table (construction industry scheme), are to a liability to make payments in accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 3 of FA 2004.
References to an assessment to tax, in relation to inheritance tax and stamp duty reserve tax, are to a determination.
Penalty for failure to make payments on time
Penalty for failure to pay tax
A penalty is payable by a person (“P”) where P fails to pay an amount of tax specified in column 3 of the Table below on or before the date specified in column 4.
Paragraphs 3 to 8 8J set out—
the circumstances in which a penalty is payable, and
subject to paragraph 9, the amount of the penalty.
If P's failure falls within more than one provision of this Schedule, P is liable to a penalty under each of those provisions.
In the following provisions of this Schedule, the “penalty date”, in relation to an amount of tax, means the day after the date specified in or for the purposes of column 4 of the Table in relation to that amount..
Sub-paragraph (4) is subject to paragraph 2A.
The later of—the date falling 30 days after the date specified in section 59B of TMA 1970 as the date by which the amount is due to be paid, and the date on which the amount is payable under the plan.
The later of—the first day after the period of 12 months beginning immediately after the migration accounting period (as defined in Part 1 or 2 of Schedule 3ZB to TMA 1970, as the case may be), and the date on which the amount is payable under the plan.
Amount shown in—an amendment or correction of a return showing an amount falling within item 7 or 8, or a determination made by HMRC in circumstances other than those set out in paragraph 2
The later of—the filing date (determined under section 216 of IHTA 1984) for the account in respect of the liability for that amount, and the date falling 30 days after the date on which the amendment, correction, assessment or determination is made
The date falling 30 days after—the date by which the amount must be paid, or the date on which the assess-ment or amendment is made, whichever is later
The date falling 30 days after—the date by which the amount must be paid, or the date on which the amendment or correction is made, whichever is later
The date falling 30 days after—the date by which the amount must be paid, or the date on which the assessment or determin-ation is made, whichever is later
Assessments and determinations in default of return
The circumstances referred to in items 14, 17, 21 and 24 are where—
P or another person is required to make or deliver a return falling within any item in the Table in Schedule 55,
that person fails to make or deliver the return on or before the date by which it is required to be made or delivered, and
if the return had been made or delivered as required, the return would have shown that an amount falling within any of items 1 2 and 3B to 10 11M 11N was due and payable.
Different penalty date for certain PAYE payments
PAYE regulations may provide that, in relation to specified payments of tax falling within item 2, the penalty date is a specified date later than that determined in accordance with column 4 of the Table.
In sub-paragraph (1) “specified” means specified in the regulations.
Amount of penalty: occasional amounts and amounts in respect of periods of 6 months or more
This paragraph applies in the case of—
a payment of tax falling within any of items 1, 3 , 3B , 3C and 7 to 24 3B, 6B, 7 to 11ZA and 12 13 to 24 in the Table,
a payment of tax falling within items 11AA or 11AB in the Table,
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
a payment of tax falling within item 4A or item 2 or 4 any of items 2, 4, 6A, 6C and 11A to 11M 11N which relates to a period of 6 months or more, and
a payment of tax falling within item 2 which is payable under regulations under section 688A of ITEPA 2003 (recovery from other persons of amounts due from managed service companies),
an amount in respect of apprenticeship levy falling within item 4A which is payable by virtue of regulations under section 106 of FA 2016 (recovery from third parties).
a payment of tax falling within item 6A which relates to a transitional period for the purposes of the annual accounting scheme;
In sub-paragraph (1)(d), a transitional period for the purposes of the annual accounting scheme is a prescribed accounting period (within the meaning of section 25(1) of VATA 1994) which—
ends on the day immediately preceding the date indicated by the Commissioners for Her Majesty's Revenue and Customs in a notification of authorisation under regulation 50 of the Value Added Tax Regulations 1995 (S.I. 1995/2518) (admission to annual accounting scheme), or
begins on the day immediately following the end of the last period of 12 months for which such an authorisation has effect.
P is liable to a penalty of 5% of the unpaid tax.
If any amount of the tax is unpaid after the end of the period of 5 months beginning with the penalty date, P is liable to a penalty of 5% of that amount.
If any amount of the tax is unpaid after the end of the period of 11 months beginning with the penalty date, P is liable to a penalty of 5% of that amount.
This paragraph applies in the case of a payment of tax falling within any of items 5 to 6ZAA in the Table.
P is liable to a penalty of 5% of the unpaid tax.
If any amount of the tax is unpaid after the end of the period of 3 months beginning with the penalty date, P is liable to a penalty of 5% of that amount.
If any amount of the tax is unpaid after the end of the period of 9 months beginning with the penalty date, P is liable to a penalty of 5% of that amount.
Amount of penalty: PAYE and CIS amounts etc.
Paragraphs 6 to 8 apply in the case of a payment of tax falling within item 2 , 4 or 4A in the Table.
But those paragraphs do not apply in the case of a payment mentioned in paragraph 3(1)(b) , (c) or (ca).
P is liable to a penalty under this paragraph, in relation to each tax, each time that P makes a default in relation to a tax year.
For the purposes of this paragraph, P makes a default in relation to a tax year when P fails to make one of the following payments (or to pay an amount comprising two or more of those payments) in full on or before the date on which it becomes due and payable—
a payment under PAYE regulations of tax payable in relation to the tax year;
a payment of earnings-related contributions within the meaning of the Social Security (Contributions) Regulations 2001 (S.I. 2001/1004) payable in relation to the tax year;
a payment under regulations under section 105 of FA 2016 of an amount in respect of apprenticeship levy payable in relation to the tax year;
a payment due under the Income Tax (Construction Industry Scheme) Regulations 2005 (S.I. 2005/2045) payable in relation to the tax year;
a repayment in respect of a student loan due under the Education (Student Loans) (Repayments) Regulations 2009 (S.I. 2009/470) or the Education (Student Loans) (Repayments) Regulations (Northern Ireland) 2000 (S.R. 2000 No. 121) and due for the tax year.
But where a failure to make one of those payments (or to pay an amount comprising two or more of those payments) would, apart from this sub-paragraph, constitute the first default in relation to a tax year, that failure does not count as a default in relation to that year for the purposes of a penalty under this paragraph.
The amount of the penalty for a default made in relation to a tax year is determined by reference to—
the amount of the tax comprised in the default, and
the number of previous defaults that P has made in relation to the same tax year.
If the default is P's 1st, 2nd or 3rd default in relation to the tax year, P is liable, at the time of the default, to a penalty of 1% of the amount of tax comprised in the default.
If the default is P's 4th, 5th or 6th default in relation to the tax year, P is liable, at the time of the default, to a penalty of 2% of the amount of tax comprised in the default.
If the default is P's 7th, 8th or 9th default in relation to the tax year, P is liable, at the time of the default, to a penalty of 3% of the amount of tax comprised in the default.
If the default is P's 10th or subsequent default in relation to the tax year, P is liable, at the time of the default, to a penalty of 4% of the amount of tax comprised in the default.
For the purposes of this paragraph—
the amount of a tax comprised in a default is the amount of that tax comprised in the payment which P fails to make;
a previous default counts for the purposes of sub-paragraphs (5) to (7A) even if it is remedied before the time of the default giving rise to the penalty.
Regulations made by the Commissioners for Her Majesty's Revenue and Customs may specify—
circumstances in which, for the purposes of sub-paragraph (2), a payment of less than the full amount may be treated as a payment in full;
circumstances in which sub-paragraph (3) is not to apply.
Regulations under sub-paragraph (8A) may—
make different provision for different cases, and
include incidental, consequential and supplementary provision.
The Treasury may by order made by statutory instrument make such amendments to sub-paragraph (2) as they think fit in consequence of any amendment, revocation or re-enactment of the regulations mentioned in that sub-paragraph.
If any amount of the tax is unpaid after the end of the period of 6 months beginning with the penalty date, P is liable to a penalty of 5% of that amount.
If any amount of the tax is unpaid after the end of the period of 12 months beginning with the penalty date, P is liable to a penalty of 5% of that amount.
Amount of penalty: amounts in respect of periods of between 2 and 6 months
Paragraphs 8B to 8E apply in the case of a payment of tax falling within any of items 6A, 6C and 11A to, 11A and 11B to 11M 11N in the Table which relates to a period of less than 6 months but more than 2 months.
But those paragraphs do not apply in the case of a payment mentioned in paragraph 3(1)(d).
Paragraph 8K sets out how payments on account of VAT(item 6A) are to be treated for the purposes of paragraphs 8B to 8E.
A penalty period begins to run on the penalty date for the payment of tax.
The penalty period ends with the day 12 months after the date specified in or for the purposes of column 4 for the payment, unless it is extended under paragraph 8C(2)(c) or 8H(2)(c).
This paragraph applies if—
a penalty period has begun under paragraph 8B or 8G because P has failed to make a payment (“payment A”), and
before the end of the period, P fails to make another payment (“payment B”) falling within the same item in the Table as payment A.
In such a case—
paragraph 8B(1) does not apply to the failure to make payment B,
P is liable to a penalty under this paragraph for that failure, and
the penalty period that has begun is extended so that it ends with the day 12 months after the date specified in or for the purposes of column 4 for payment B.
The amount of the penalty under this paragraph is determined by reference to the number of defaults that P has made during the penalty period.
If the default is P’s first default during the penalty period, P is liable, at the time of the default, to a penalty of 2% of the amount of the default.
If the default is P’s second default during the penalty period, P is liable, at the time of the default, to a penalty of 3% of the amount of the default.
If the default is P’s third or a subsequent default during the penalty period, P is liable, at the time of the default, to a penalty of 4% of the amount of the default.
For the purposes of this paragraph—
P makes a default when P fails to pay an amount of tax in full on or before the date on which it becomes due and payable;
in accordance with sub-paragraph (1)(b), the references in sub-paragraphs (3) to (6) to a default are references to a default in relation to the tax to which payments A and B relate;
a default counts for the purposes of those sub-paragraphs if (but only if) the period to which the payment relates is less than 6 months;
the amount of a default is the amount which P fails to pay.
A penalty period may be extended more than once under sub-paragraph (2)(c).
If any amount of the tax is unpaid after the end of the period of 6 months beginning with the penalty date, P is liable to a penalty of 5% of that amount.
If any amount of the tax is unpaid after the end of the period of 12 months beginning with the penalty date, P is liable to a penalty of 5% of that amount.
Amount of penalty: amounts in respect of periods of 2 months or less
Paragraphs 8G to 8J apply in the case of a payment of tax falling within any of items 6A, 6C and 11A to 11M 11N in the Table which relates to a period of 2 months or less.
But those paragraphs do not apply in the case of a payment mentioned in paragraph 3(1)(d).
A penalty period begins to run on the penalty date for the payment of tax.
The penalty period ends with the day 12 months after the date specified in or for the purposes of column 4 for the payment, unless it is extended under paragraph 8C(2)(c) or 8H(2)(c).
This paragraph applies if—
a penalty period has begun under paragraph 8B or 8G because P has failed to make a payment (“payment A”), and
before the end of the period, P fails to make another payment (“payment B”) falling within the same item in the Table as payment A.
In such a case—
paragraph 8G(1) does not apply to the failure to make payment B,
P is liable to a penalty under this paragraph for that failure, and
the penalty period that has begun is extended so that it ends with the day 12 months after the date specified in or for the purposes of column 4 for payment B.
The amount of the penalty under this paragraph is determined by reference to the number of defaults that P has made during the penalty period.
If the default is P’s first, second or third default during the penalty period, P is liable, at the time of the default, to a penalty of 1% of the amount of the default.
If the default is P’s fourth, fifth or sixth default during the penalty period, P is liable, at the time of the default, to a penalty of 2% of the amount of the default.
If the default is P’s seventh, eighth or ninth default during the penalty period, P is liable, at the time of the default, to a penalty of 3% of the amount of the default.
If the default is P’s tenth or a subsequent default during the penalty period, P is liable, at the time of the default, to a penalty of 4% of the amount of the default.
For the purposes of this paragraph—
P makes a default when P fails to pay an amount of tax in full on or before the date on which it becomes due and payable;
in accordance with sub-paragraph (1)(b), the references in sub-paragraphs (3) to (7) to a default are references to a default in relation to the tax to which payments A and B relate;
a default counts for the purposes of those sub-paragraphs if (but only if) the period to which the payment relates is less than 6 months;
the amount of a default is the amount which P fails to pay.
A penalty period may be extended more than once under sub-paragraph (2)(c).
If any amount of the tax is unpaid after the end of the period of 6 months beginning with the penalty date, P is liable to a penalty of 5% of that amount.
If any amount of the tax is unpaid after the end of the period of 12 months beginning with the penalty date, P is liable to a penalty of 5% of that amount.
Calculation of unpaid VAT: treatment of payments on account
Where P is required, by virtue of an order under section 28 of VATA 1994, to make any payment on account of VAT—
each payment is to be treated for the purposes of this Schedule as relating to the prescribed accounting period in respect of which it is to be paid (and not as relating to the interval between the dates on which payments on account are required to be made), and
the amount of tax unpaid in respect of the prescribed accounting period is the total of the amounts produced by paragraphs (a) and (b) of sub-paragraph (3).
In determining that total—
if there is more than one amount of POAD or POAT, those amounts are to be added together, and
if the amount produced by sub-paragraph (3)(b) is less than zero, that amount is to be disregarded.
The amounts are—
P O A D−P O A T, and
B P D−B P T.
In this paragraph—POAD is the amount of any payment on account due in respect of the prescribed accounting period, POAT is the amount of any payment on account paid on time (that is, on or before the date on which it was required to be made), BPD (which is the balancing payment due in respect of the prescribed accounting period) is equal to P A P D−P O A D, and BPT (which is the amount paid on time in satisfaction of any liability to pay BPD) is equal to P A P P−P O A P.
In sub-paragraph (4)—PAPD is the amount of VAT due in respect of the prescribed accounting period, PAPP is the total amount paid, on or before the last day on which P is required to make payments in respect of that period, in satisfaction of any liability to pay PAPD, and POAP is the total amount paid, on or before that day (but whether or not paid on time), in satisfaction of any liability to pay POAD.
Special reduction
If HMRC think it right because of special circumstances, they may reduce a penalty under any paragraph of this Schedule.
In sub-paragraph (1) “special circumstances” does not include—
ability to pay, or
the fact that a potential loss of revenue from one taxpayer is balanced by a potential over-payment by another.
In sub-paragraph (1) the reference to reducing a penalty includes a reference to—
staying a penalty, and
agreeing a compromise in relation to proceedings for a penalty.
Interaction with other penalties and late payment surcharges
In the application of the following provisions, no account shall be taken of a penalty under this Schedule—
section 97A of TMA 1970 (multiple penalties),
paragraph 12(2) of Schedule 24 to FA 2007 (interaction with other penalties), and
paragraph 15(1) of Schedule 41 to FA 2008 (interaction with other penalties).
Suspension of penalty during currency of agreement for deferred payment
This paragraph applies if—
P fails to pay an amount of tax when it becomes due and payable,
P makes a request to HMRC that payment of the amount of tax be deferred, and
HMRC agrees that payment of that amount may be deferred for a period (“the deferral period”).
If P would (apart from this sub-paragraph) become liable, between the date on which P makes the request and the end of the deferral period, to a penalty under any paragraph of this Schedule for failing to pay that amount, P is not liable to that penalty.
But if—P becomes liable, at the date of the notice, to that penalty.
P breaks the agreement (see sub-paragraph (4)), and
HMRC serves on P a notice specifying any penalty to which P would become liable apart from sub-paragraph (2),
P breaks an agreement if—
P fails to pay the amount of tax in question when the deferral period ends, or
the deferral is subject to P complying with a condition (including a condition that part of the amount be paid during the deferral period) and P fails to comply with it.
If the agreement mentioned in sub-paragraph (1)(c) is varied at any time by a further agreement between P and HMRC, this paragraph applies from that time to the agreement as varied.
Assessment
Where P is liable for a penalty under any paragraph of this Schedule HMRC must—
assess the penalty,
notify P, and
state in the notice the period in respect of which the penalty is assessed.
A penalty under any paragraph of this Schedule must be paid before the end of the period of 30 days beginning with the day on which notice of the assessment of the penalty is issued.
An assessment of a penalty under any paragraph of this Schedule—
is to be treated for procedural purposes in the same way as an assessment to tax (except in respect of a matter expressly provided for by this Schedule),
may be enforced as if it were an assessment to tax, and
may be combined with an assessment to tax.
A supplementary assessment may be made in respect of a penalty if an earlier assessment operated by reference to an underestimate of an amount of tax which was due or payable.
If an assessment in respect of a penalty is based on an amount of tax due or payable that is found by HMRC to be excessive, HMRC may by notice to P amend the assessment so that it is based upon the correct amount.
An amendment made under sub-paragraph (4A)—
does not affect when the penalty must be paid;
may be made after the last day on which the assessment in question could have been made under paragraph 12.
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
An assessment of a penalty under any paragraph of this Schedule in respect of any amount must be made on or before the later of date A and (where it applies) date B.
Date A is the last day of the period of 2 years beginning with the date specified in or for the purposes of column 4 of the Table (that is to say, the last date on which payment may be made without incurring a penalty).
Date B is the last day of the period of 12 months beginning with—
the end of the appeal period for the assessment of the amount of tax in respect of which the penalty is assessed, or
if there is no such assessment, the date on which that amount of tax is ascertained.
In sub-paragraph (3)(a) “appeal period” means the period during which—
an appeal could be brought, or
an appeal that has been brought has not been determined or withdrawn.
Appeal
P may appeal against a decision of HMRC that a penalty is payable by P.
P may appeal against a decision of HMRC as to the amount of a penalty payable by P.
An appeal under paragraph 13 is to be treated in the same way as an appeal against an assessment to the tax concerned (including by the application of any provision about bringing the appeal by notice to HMRC, about HMRC review of the decision or about determination of the appeal by the First-tier Tribunal or Upper Tribunal).
Sub-paragraph (1) does not apply—
so as to require P to pay a penalty before an appeal against the assessment of the penalty is determined, or
in respect of any other matter expressly provided for by this Act.
On an appeal under paragraph 13(1) that is notified to the tribunal, the tribunal may affirm or cancel HMRC's decision.
On an appeal under paragraph 13(2) that is notified to the tribunal, the tribunal may—
affirm HMRC's decision, or
substitute for HMRC's decision another decision that HMRC had power to make.
If the tribunal substitutes its decision for HMRC's, the tribunal may rely on paragraph 9—
to the same extent as HMRC (which may mean applying the same percentage reduction as HMRC to a different starting point), or
to a different extent, but only if the tribunal thinks that HMRC's decision in respect of the application of paragraph 9 was flawed.
In sub-paragraph (3)(b) “flawed” means flawed when considered in the light of the principles applicable in proceedings for judicial review.
In this paragraph “tribunal” means the First-tier Tribunal or Upper Tribunal (as appropriate by virtue of paragraph 14(1)).
Reasonable excuse
If P satisfies HMRC or (on appeal) the First-tier Tribunal or Upper Tribunal that there is a reasonable excuse for a failure to make a payment—
liability to a penalty under any paragraph of this Schedule does not arise in relation to that failure, and
the failure does not count as a default for the purposes of paragraphs 6, 8B, 8C, 8G and 8H.
For the purposes of sub-paragraph (1)—
an insufficiency of funds is not a reasonable excuse unless attributable to events outside P's control,
where P relies on any other person to do anything, that is not a reasonable excuse unless P took reasonable care to avoid the failure, and
where P had a reasonable excuse for the failure but the excuse has ceased, P is to be treated as having continued to have the excuse if the failure is remedied without unreasonable delay after the excuse ceased.
Double jeopardy
P is not liable to a penalty under any paragraph of this Schedule in respect of a failure or action in respect of which P has been convicted of an offence.
Interpretation
This paragraph applies for the construction of this Schedule.
“HMRC” means Her Majesty's Revenue and Customs.
References to tax include construction industry deductions under Chapter 3 of Part 3 of FA 2004.
References to a determination, in relation to an amount payable under PAYE regulations or under Chapter 3 of Part 3 of FA 2004, include a certificate.
References to an assessment to tax, in relation to inheritance tax and stamp duty reserve tax, are to a determination.
Amendments relating to penalties
Amendments of Schedule 24 to FA 2007
Schedule 24 to FA 2007 (penalties for errors) is amended as follows.
In paragraph 2 (under-assessment by HMRC), insert at the end—
In paragraph 5 (normal rule for calculating potential lost revenue), for sub-paragraph (4)(b) substitute—.
In paragraph 9(1)(b) and (c) (reductions for disclosure), for “supply or false information” substitute “ supply of false information ”.
In paragraph 13 (assessment), insert at the end—
For paragraph 16(2) (appeals) substitute—
Paragraph 19 (companies: officers' liability) is amended as follows.
In sub-paragraph (3)—
after “a body corporate” insert “ other than a limited liability partnership ”,
in paragraph (a), omit the “or” at the end, and
after that paragraph insert—.
After that sub-paragraph insert—
Insert at the end—
Omit paragraph 28(da) (interpretation of references to assessment).
In paragraphs 30 and 31 (consequential amendments) for “paragraph 7” substitute “ paragraphs 7 and 7B ”.
Amendments of Schedule 41 to FA 2008
Schedule 41 to FA 2008 (penalties for failure to notify and certain other wrongdoing) is amended as follows.
For paragraph 18(2) (appeals) substitute—
Paragraph 22 (companies: officers' liability) is amended as follows.
In sub-paragraph (3)—
after “a body corporate” insert “ other than a limited liability partnership ”,
in paragraph (a), omit the “or” at the end,
after that paragraph insert—.
After that sub-paragraph insert—
Insert at the end—
Other amendments
TMA 1970 is amended as follows.
In section 100(2) (determination of penalties by officer), omit paragraph (g) and the “or” before it.
After section 103 insert—
In FA 2008 omit—
paragraph 74 of Schedule 36 (information and inspection powers), and
Recovery of debts under PAYE regulations
PAYE regulations
Section 684 of ITEPA 2003 (PAYE regulations) is amended as follows.
In subsection (1), omit “for Her Majesty's Revenue and Customs”.
Subsection (2) is amended as follows.
For “PAYE regulations may, in particular, include” substitute “ The provision that may be made in PAYE regulations includes ”.
In the list of provisions, in item 1, in paragraph (a), omit “for Her Majesty's Revenue and Customs”.
In item 2, for “or remaining unpaid (or treated as overpaid or remaining unpaid)” substitute “ (or treated as overpaid) on account of, or any amounts other than relevant debts remaining unpaid (or treated as remaining unpaid) ”.
After item 2 insert—
In item 3, for “income tax has been and is” substitute “ amounts have been and are ”.
After subsection (3) insert—
In paragraph (a) of subsection (7A), after “tax” insert “ or other amounts ”.
After that subsection insert—
In subsection (7C), before the definition of “payer” insert—
Consequential provision
In section 29(5) of the Tax Credits Act 2002 (recovery of overpayments)—
for “tax” substitute “ income tax ”, and
insert at the end “that is not a relevant debt (within the meaning of section 684 of the Income Tax (Earnings and Pensions) Act 2003)”.
Part 11 of ITEPA 2003 (pay as you earn) is amended as follows.
In section 682(1) (scope of Part), insert at the end “ and includes provision in respect of the deduction of certain other amounts from, and the repayment of certain other amounts with, PAYE income ”.
In section 685 (tax tables)—
in subsection (1), omit “for Her Majesty's Revenue and Customs”, and
in subsection (2)(b), for “or 2” substitute “ , 2 or 2A ”.
The Treasury may by order make provision—
amending or repealing provisions of Part 11 of ITEPA 2003,
amending, repealing or revoking provisions of enactments or instruments that refer to provisions of that Part, and
amending, repealing or revoking provisions of enactments or instruments that apply, or confer power to apply, PAYE regulations or otherwise refer to such regulations.
An order under this paragraph may only make provision to the extent that it is appropriate in consequence of, or in connection with, the amendments made by this Schedule.
An order under this paragraph may include transitional provision and savings.
An order under this paragraph is to be made by statutory instrument.
A statutory instrument containing an order under this paragraph is subject to annulment in pursuance of a resolution of the House of Commons.
Climate change levy: removal of reduced rate
New provision for removal of reduced rate
In Schedule 6 to FA 2000 (climate change levy), after paragraph 45A insert—
Consequential amendments
Schedule 6 to FA 2000 is amended as follows.
Paragraph 40 (persons liable to account for levy) is amended as follows.
In sub-paragraph (1), after “sub-paragraph (2)” insert “ or (3) ”.
After sub-paragraph (2) insert—
In paragraph 41(2A) (application of Part 7 where person liable to account otherwise than by reference to accounting period), after “regulations under sub-paragraph (1)(a)(ii) above” insert “ or by virtue of paragraph 45B(8) ”.
In paragraph 42 (amount payable by way of levy), after sub-paragraph (1) insert—
In paragraph 44(2) (definition of “reduced-rate supply” to have effect subject to paragraph 45), for “paragraph 45” substitute “ paragraphs 45 and 45B ”.
In paragraph 45A (deemed supplies), after sub-paragraph (2) insert—
Paragraph 91 (interpretation etc of Part 7 of the Schedule) is amended as follows.
In sub-paragraph (5) (modification of references to accounting periods in case of levy due otherwise than by reference to such periods), after “regulations under paragraph 41(1)(a)(ii)” insert “ or by virtue of paragraph 45B(8) ”.
In paragraph 147 (interpretation), in the definition of “reduced-rate supply”, for “paragraph 45” substitute “ paragraphs 45 and 45B ”.
Landfill tax: prescribed landfill site activities
Introduction
Part 3 of FA 1996 (landfill tax) is amended as follows.
Prescribed landfill site activities to be treated as disposals
After section 65 insert—
In section 71(7) (orders and regulations), after paragraph (c) insert—.
Material temporarily held
Omit section 62 (taxable disposals: regulations about material temporarily held at a landfill site).
Material at landfill sites
Part 1 of Schedule 5 (information) is amended as follows.
For the heading before paragraph 1 substitute— “ Information: general ”
After paragraph 1 insert—
For the heading before paragraph 2 substitute— “ Records: registrable persons ”
After paragraph 2 insert—
Site restoration
Omit section 43C (site restoration).
In Part 1 of Schedule 5 (information), after paragraph 1A (inserted by paragraph 7) insert—
Landfill tax returns
In section 49(b) (accounting for tax and time for payment), omit “as may be prescribed”.
Commencement and savings
The repeal made by paragraph 10 comes into force on 1 September 2009.
The amendment made by paragraph 11 has effect in relation to restoration of landfill sites commencing on or after 1 September 2009.
do not affect any regulations made under the repealed provisions before the passing of this Act, and
do not prevent the powers conferred by the repealed provisions from being used after the passing of this Act to revoke any regulations made under the powers before that time.
Alternative finance investment bonds
Introductory
Interpretation
In this Schedule—“alternative finance investment bond” means arrangements to which section 564G of ITA 2007 or section 151N of TCGA 1992 (investment bond arrangements) applies;“bond assets”, “bond-holder”, “bond-issuer” and “capital” have the meaning given by that section;“effective date”, for a transaction relating to land in Scotland or Wales, is the date which would be the effective date (under section 119 of FA 2003) if Part 4 of FA 2003 applied to land in Scotland or Wales;“HMRC” means Her Majesty's Revenue and Customs;“prescribed” means prescribed in regulations made by HMRC;. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
In this Schedule “qualifying interest” means—except that it does not include a lease for a term of years, or (in Scotland) for a period, of 21 years or less.
in relation to land in England and Wales—whether subsisting at law or in equity;
an estate in fee simple absolute, or
a term of years absolute,
in relation to land in Scotland—
the interest of an owner of land, or
the tenant's right over or interest in a property subject to a lease;
in relation to land in Northern Ireland—whether subsisting at law or in equity;
any freehold estate, or
any leasehold estate,
Section 564S of ITA 2007 (treatment of bond-holder and bond-issuer) applies for the purposes of any enactment about stamp duty land tax as it applies for the purposes of the Income Tax Acts.
Issue, transfer and redemption of rights under arrangements
Issue, transfer and redemption of rights under bond not be treated as chargeable transaction
Section 564S of ITA 2007 (treatment of bond-holder and bond-issuer) applies for the purposes of any enactment about stamp duty land tax as it applies for the purposes of the Income Tax Acts.
Relief not available where bond-holder acquires control of underlying asset
Paragraph 2 does not apply if control of the underlying asset is acquired by—
a bond-holder, or
a group of connected bond-holders.
A bond-holder (“BH”), or a group of connected bond-holders, acquires control of the underlying asset if—
the rights of bond-holders under an alternative finance investment bond include the right of management and control of the bond assets, and
BH, or the group, acquires sufficient rights to enable BH, or the members of the group acting jointly, to exercise the right of management and control of the bond assets to the exclusion of any other bond-holders.
But paragraph 3(1) does not apply (and, accordingly, section 564S of ITA 2007 applies by virtue of paragraph 2) in either of the following cases.
The first case is where—
at the time that the rights were acquired BH (or all of the connected bond-holders) did not know and had no reason to suspect that the acquisition enabled the exercise of the right of management and control of the bond assets to the exclusion of other bond-holders, and
as soon as reasonably practicable after BH (or any of the bond-holders) becomes aware that the acquisition enables that exercise, BH transfers (or some or all of the bond-holders transfer) sufficient rights for that exercise no longer to be possible.
The second case is where BH—
underwrites a public offer of rights under the bond, and
does not exercise the right of management and control of the bond assets.
In this paragraph—“connected” is to be read in accordance with section 1122 of CTA 2010, and“underwrite”, in relation to an offer of rights under a bond, means to agree to make payments of capital under the bond in the event that other persons do not make those payments.
Transactions relating to underlying assets consisting of land
General conditions for operation of reliefs etc
This paragraph defines conditions A to G for the purposes of paragraphs 6 to 18. Paragraphs 20 and 22 set out circumstances in which the reliefs provided by paragraphs 6 to 18 are not available even if conditions A to G are met.
Condition A is that one person (“P”) and another (“Q”) enter into arrangements under which—
P transfers to Q a qualifying interest in land (“the first transaction”), and
P and Q agree that, when the interest ceases to be held by Q as mentioned in sub-paragraph (3)(b), Q will transfer the interest to P.
Condition B is that—
Q, as bond-issuer, enters into an alternative finance investment bond (whether before or after entering into the arrangements mentioned in sub-paragraph (2)), and
the interest in land to which those arrangements relate is held by Q as a bond asset.
Condition C is that, for the purpose of generating income or gains for the alternative finance investment bond—
Q and P enter into a leaseback agreement, or
such other condition or conditions as may be specified in regulations made by the Treasury is or are met.
For the purposes of condition C, Q and P enter into a leaseback agreement if Q grants to P, out of the interest transferred to Q—
a lease (if the interest transferred is freehold or, in Scotland, the interest of the owner), or
a sub-lease (if the interest transferred is leasehold or, in Scotland, the tenant's right over or interest in a property subject to a lease).
Condition D (which applies in the case of land in England... or Northern Ireland) is that, before the end of the period of 120 days beginning with the effective date of the first transaction, Q provides HMRC with the prescribed evidence that—
in England ..., a satisfactory legal charge has been entered in the register of title kept under section 1 of the Land Registration Act 2002,
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
in Northern Ireland, a satisfactory charge has been entered in the register of titles kept under section 10 of the Land Registration Act (Northern Ireland) 1970.
A charge ... is satisfactory for the purposes of condition D if it—
is a first charge on... the interest transferred to Q,
is in favour of the Commissioners for Her Majesty's Revenue and Customs, and
is for the amount mentioned in sub-paragraph (8).
That amount is the total of—
the amount of stamp duty land tax which would (apart from paragraph 6(2)) be chargeable on the first transaction if the chargeable consideration for that transaction had been the market value of the interest at that time, and
any interest and any penalties which would for the time being be payable on or in respect of that amount of tax, if the tax had been due and payable (but not paid) in respect of the first transaction.
Condition E is that the total of the payments of capital made to Q before the termination of the bond is not less than 60% of the value of the interest in the land at the time of the first transaction.
Condition F is that Q holds the interest in the land as a bond asset until the termination of the bond.
Condition G is that—
before the end of the period of 30 days beginning with the date on which the interest in the land ceases to be held as a bond asset, that interest is transferred by Q to P (“the second transaction”), and
the second transaction is effected not more than 10 years after the first transaction.
The Treasury may by regulations amend sub-paragraph (11)(b) by substituting for the period mentioned there such other period as may be specified.
Relief from stamp duty land tax: first transaction
This paragraph applies if—
the first transaction relates to an interest in land in England... or Northern Ireland, and
each of conditions A to C is met before the end of the period of 30 days beginning with the effective date of that transaction.
Where this paragraph applies the first transaction is exempt from charge to stamp duty land tax.
Where the interest in the land is replaced as the bond asset by an interest in other land, this paragraph is subject to paragraph 18.
This paragraph is also subject to paragraph 20.
This paragraph applies if paragraph 6 applies but —
the interest in the land is transferred by Q to P without conditions E and F having been met,
the period mentioned in paragraph 5(11)(b) expires without each of those conditions having been met, or
at any time it becomes apparent for any other reason that any of conditions E to G cannot or will not be met.
This paragraph also applies if paragraph 6 applies but condition D is not met.
The relief provided by paragraph 6(2) is withdrawn and stamp duty land tax is chargeable on the first transaction in accordance with this paragraph.
The amount chargeable is the tax that would have been chargeable in respect of the first transaction (but for relief under paragraph 6(2)) if the chargeable consideration for that transaction had been the market value of the interest at the time of that transaction.
Interest is due and payable on the amount of that tax as from the end of the period of 14 days after the effective date of that transaction until the tax is paid.
Q must deliver a further land transaction return before the end of the period of 30 days after the date on which this paragraph first applies.
The return must include a self-assessment of the amount of tax chargeable.
Tax payable must be paid not later than the filing date for the further return.
references to the transaction to which the return relates are to the event by virtue of which this paragraph applies, and
references to the effective date of the transaction are to the date on which that event occurs.
Relief from stamp duty land tax: second transaction
The second transaction is exempt from charge to stamp duty land tax if—
each of conditions A to G is met, and
the provisions of Part 4 of FA 2003 relating to the first transaction are complied with.
Where the interest in the land is replaced as the bond asset by an interest in other land, this paragraph is subject to paragraph 18.
This paragraph is also subject to paragraph 20.
Discharge of charge when conditions for relief met
If, after the effective date of the second transaction, Q provides HMRC with the prescribed evidence that each of conditions A to C and E to G has been met, the land ceases to be subject to the charge ... registered in pursuance of condition D.
Relief from taxation of capital gains: first transaction
This paragraph applies if each of conditions A to C is met before the end of the period of 30 days beginning with the effective date of the first transaction.
That transaction is not to be regarded for the purposes of TCGA 1992 as an acquisition by Q or a disposal by P.
If condition C is met by virtue of Q and P having entered into a leaseback agreement, the granting of the lease or sub-lease is not to be regarded for the purposes of TCGA 1992 as an acquisition by P or a disposal by Q.
Sub-paragraphs (2) and (3) are subject to paragraph 11 (treatment of transactions where any of conditions D to G is not met).
Where the interest in the land is replaced as the bond asset by an interest in other land, this paragraph is subject to paragraph 18.
This paragraph is also subject to paragraph 20.
This paragraph applies if—
the interest in the land is transferred by Q to P without conditions E and F having been met,
the period mentioned in paragraph 5(11)(b) expires without each of those conditions having been met, or
at any time it becomes apparent for any other reason that any of conditions E to G cannot or will not be met.
This paragraph also applies where (in the case of an interest in land in England... or Northern Ireland) condition D is not met.
Where this paragraph applies, paragraph 10(2) and (3) (disregard of transactions for purposes of TCGA 1992) do not apply.
Where, by virtue of sub-paragraph (3), any chargeable gain or loss is treated as accruing to a person, that gain or loss is to be treated as accruing—
in the case mentioned in sub-paragraph (1)(a), immediately before the transfer from Q to P,
in any case mentioned in paragraph (b) or (c) of sub-paragraph (1), at the time mentioned in that paragraph, and
in the case mentioned in sub-paragraph (2), at the end of the period mentioned in paragraph 5(6).
Relief from taxation of capital gains: second transaction
The second transaction is not to be regarded for the purposes of TCGA 1992 as an acquisition by P or a disposal by Q if—
each of conditions A to C and E to G is met, and
in the case of an interest in land in England... or Northern Ireland, condition D is met.
Where the interest in the land is replaced as the bond asset by an interest in other land, this paragraph is subject to paragraph 18.
This paragraph is also subject to paragraph 20.
Introductory
Paragraphs 14 to 17 make provision about the treatment, for the purposes of CAA 2001, of transactions relating to land in connection with an alternative finance investment bond.
Any expression which is used in any of paragraphs 14 to 17 and in CAA 2001 has the meaning which it has in that Act.
Treatment for purposes of capital allowances
This paragraph applies to an asset if—
each of conditions A to C is met before the end of the period of 30 days beginning with the effective date of the first transaction, and
the asset falls within sub-paragraph (2).
An asset falls within this sub-paragraph if it is part of the subject matter of the first transaction and constitutes—
plant or machinery, or
a building or structure (or part of a building or structure).
For the purposes of CAA 2001—
expenditure incurred by Q in acquiring the asset by virtue of the first transaction is not to be regarded as capital expenditure, and
in a case within sub-paragraph (2)(a), Q is not to be regarded as becoming, and P is not to be regarded as ceasing to be, the owner of the asset by virtue of that transaction; and
in a case within sub-paragraph (2)(b), Q is not to be regarded as acquiring, and P is not to be regarded as ceasing to have, the relevant interest in the asset by virtue of that transaction.
Sub-paragraph (3) applies in relation to the transactions mentioned in sub-paragraph (5) as it applies in relation to the first transaction (but reading the references to Q as references to P and the reference to P as a reference to Q).
The transactions are—
any leaseback agreement entered into by Q and P in order that condition C is met, and
the second transaction.
This paragraph is subject to paragraphs 15 to 17.
Loss or destruction of asset
This paragraph applies to an asset if the first and second conditions are met.
The first condition is that the asset—
is part of the subject matter of the first transaction, and
constitutes plant or machinery.
The second condition is that, at any time when the asset is held as a bond asset, one of the following events occurs—
the person with possession of the asset loses possession of it in circumstances where it is reasonable to assume that the loss is permanent, or
the asset ceases to exist as such (as a result of destruction, dismantling or otherwise).
That event is to be treated as a disposal event (in relation to P) occurring in the chargeable period in which that event occurs.
For the purposes of sub-paragraph (4), the disposal value that P is required to bring into account is—
where the case falls within item 3 or 4 of the Table in section 61(2) of CAA 2001 and the amount received by P as mentioned in that item is other than zero, that amount, and
in any other case, the market value of the asset at the time of the event.
Q retaining asset when no longer held for purposes of bond
This paragraph applies to an asset if the first and second conditions are met.
The first condition is that the asset is part of the subject matter of the first transaction and constitutes—
plant or machinery, or
a building or structure (or part of a building or structure).
The second condition is that Q—
ceases to hold the asset as a bond asset (whether at the end of the bond term or at any other time), but
does not transfer the asset to P or any other person.
At the time that Q ceases to hold the asset as a bond asset —
in a case within sub-paragraph (2)(a), Q is to be treated as becoming, and P is to be treated as ceasing to be, the owner of the asset, and
in a case within sub-paragraph (2)(b), Q is to be treated as acquiring, and P is to be treated as ceasing to have, the relevant interest in the asset.
Accordingly, Q's ceasing to hold the asset as a bond asset is to be treated—
as regards plant or machinery, as a disposal event (in relation to P) occurring in the chargeable period in which the cessation takes place, ...
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
For the purposes of sub-paragraph (5)—
in the case falling within paragraph (a), the disposal value that P is required to bring into account is the market value of the asset at the time of the transfer, ...
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Q transferring asset to third person
This paragraph applies to an asset if the first and second conditions are met.
The first condition is that the asset is part of the subject matter of the first transaction and constitutes—
plant or machinery, or
a building or structure (or part of a building or structure).
The second condition is that Q transfers the asset to any person other than P.
At the time that Q transfers the asset —
in a case within sub-paragraph (2)(a), that other person is to be treated as becoming, and P is to be treated as ceasing to be, the owner of the asset, and
in a case within sub-paragraph (2)(b), that other person is to be treated as acquiring, and P is to be treated as ceasing to have, the relevant interest in the asset.
Accordingly, the transfer is to be treated—
as regards plant or machinery, as a disposal event (in relation to P) occurring in the chargeable period in which the transfer takes place, ...
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
For the purposes of sub-paragraph (5)—
in the case falling within paragraph (a), the disposal value that P is required to bring into account is the market value of the asset at the time of the transfer, ...
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Substitution of asset
This paragraph applies if—
conditions A to C and G are met in relation to an interest in land (“the original land”),
Q ceases to hold the original land as a bond asset (and, accordingly, transfers it to P) before the termination of the alternative finance investment bond,
P and Q enter into further arrangements falling within paragraph 5(2) relating to an interest in other land (“the replacement land”), and
the value of the interest in the replacement land at the time that it is transferred from P to Q is greater than or equal to the value of the interest in the original land at the time of the first transaction.
Paragraphs 6 to 17 apply—
in relation to the original land with the modification set out in sub-paragraph (3), and
in relation to the replacement land with the modifications set out in sub-paragraph (4).
Condition F does not need to be met in relation to the original land if conditions A, B, C, F and G (as modified by sub-paragraph (4)) are met in relation to the replacement land.
In relation to the replacement land—
condition E applies as if the reference to the interest in the land were a reference to the interest in the original land, and
condition G applies as if the reference in paragraph 5(11)(b) to the first transaction were a reference to the first transaction relating to the original land.
If the replacement land is in England... or Northern Ireland, the original land ceases to be subject to the charge ... registered in pursuance of condition D when—
Q provides HMRC with the prescribed evidence that condition G is met in relation to the original land, and
condition D is met in relation to the replacement land.
If the replacement land is not in England... or Northern Ireland, the original land ceases to be subject to the charge ... registered in pursuance of condition D when Q provides HMRC with the prescribed evidence that—
condition G is met in relation to the original land, and
each of conditions A to C is met in relation to the replacement land.
This paragraph also applies where the replacement land is replaced by further replacement land; and in that event—
the references to the original land (except those in sub-paragraph (4)) are to be read as references to the replacement land, and
the references to the replacement land are to be read as references to the further replacement land.
HMRC to notify Registrar of discharge of charge
Where a charge ... is discharged in accordance with paragraph 9 or 18(5) or (6), HMRC must—
in the case of a charge on land in England ..., notify the Chief Land Register of the discharge in accordance with land registration rules (within the meaning of the Land Registration Act 2002),
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
in the case of a charge on land in Northern Ireland, notify the Registrar of Titles of the discharge.
HMRC must do so within the period of 30 days beginning with the date on which Q provides the evidence in question.
Relief not available where bond-holder acquires control of underlying asset
The reliefs provided by paragraphs 6 to 12 (and paragraph 18 so far as it relates to those paragraphs) are not available if control of the underlying asset is acquired by—
a bond-holder, or
a group of connected bond-holders.
A bond-holder (“BH”), or a group of connected bond-holders, acquires control of the underlying asset if—
the rights of bond-holders under an alternative finance investment bond include the right of management and control of the bond assets, and
BH, or the group, acquires sufficient rights to enable BH, or the members of the group acting jointly, to exercise the right of management and control of the bond assets to the exclusion of any other bond-holders.
In accordance with sub-paragraph (1), in the case of the reliefs provided by paragraphs 6 and 10—
if BH, or the group, acquires control of the underlying asset before the end of the period of 14 days beginning with the effective date of the first transaction, paragraphs 6 and 10 do not apply, and
if BH, or the group, acquires control of the underlying asset after the end of that period and conditions A to C have been met, paragraphs 7 and 11 apply.
But paragraph 20 does not prevent the reliefs being available in either of the following cases.
The first case is where—
at the time that the rights were acquired BH (or all of the connected bond-holders) did not know and had no reason to suspect that the acquisition enabled the exercise of the right of management and control of the bond assets to the exclusion of other bond-holders, and
as soon as reasonably practicable after BH (or any of the bond-holders) becomes aware that the acquisition enables that exercise, BH transfers (or some or all of the bond-holders transfer) sufficient rights for that no longer to be possible.
The second case is where BH—
underwrites a public offer of rights under the bond, and
does not exercise the right of management and control of the bond assets.
In this paragraph—“connected” is to be read in accordance with section 1122 of CTA 2010, and“underwrite”, in relation to an offer of rights under a bond, means to agree to make payments of capital under the bond in the event that other persons do not make those payments.
Relief not available if purpose of arrangements is improper
The reliefs provided by paragraphs 6 to 12 (and paragraph 18 so far as it relates to those paragraphs) are not available if the arrangements mentioned in paragraph 5(2)—
are not effected for genuine commercial reasons, or
form part of arrangements of which the main purpose, or one of the main purposes, is the avoidance of liability to tax.
In sub-paragraph (1) “tax” means income tax, corporation tax, capital gains tax, stamp duty or stamp duty land tax.
Regulations
Regulations under any paragraph of this Schedule—
may make provision generally or only for specified purposes, or different provision for different purposes, and
may make consequential, supplementary or incidental provision (including amendments of any enactment).
Regulations under any paragraph of this Schedule are to be made by statutory instrument.
A statutory instrument containing regulations under any paragraph of this Schedule is subject to annulment in pursuance of a resolution of the House of Commons.
Supplementary
Consequential amendments of FA 2003
FA 2003 is amended as follows.
After section 73B insert—
In section 86 (payment of tax), after subsection (5) insert—
Consequential amendments of FA 2005
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Consequential amendment of CTA 2009
In CTA 2009, in Schedule 1, omit paragraph 651(a).
Commencement
The following provisions of this Schedule come into force on the day on which this Act is passed—
Part 2,
Part 1 so far as relating to that Part, and
paragraphs 24, 25, 27 and 28.
The following provisions of this Schedule have effect where the effective date of the first transaction (within the meaning given by paragraph 5(2)) is on or after the day on which this Act is passed—
Part 3,
Part 1 so far as relating to that Part, and
paragraph 26.